UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported)  June 2, 2011
 
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
1-11657
36-4062333
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
(Commission File Number)
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
14901 South Orange Blossom Trail
Orlando, Florida
32837
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code  407-826-5050
 
____________________________________
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)
 
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):
 
o  Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
 
o  Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
 
o  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
 
o  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))








Item 1.01      Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Notes Offering
On June 2, 2011, Tupperware Brands Corporation (the “Company”) completed the sale of $400 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company's 4.750% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) at an issue price of 98.989%, pursuant to a purchase agreement, dated as of May 25, 2011, among the Company, the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Dart Industries Inc. (the “Guarantor”), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representatives of a group of initial purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”). The Notes were sold to the Initial Purchasers to be resold to qualified institutional buyers in transactions pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and to purchasers outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.
The Notes will mature on June 1, 2021, and interest on the Notes will be payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2011. The Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantor on a senior secured basis, as described below. The guarantee and the lien securing the guarantee may be released under certain circumstances specified in the Indenture (as defined below).
Prior to March 1, 2021, the Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus a make-whole premium, and accrued interest to the redemption date. On or after March 1, 2021, the redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed.
The Notes were issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”). The Indenture includes covenants which, subject to certain exceptions, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur indebtedness secured by liens on real property, (ii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions, (iii) consolidate or merge with another entity, or sell or transfer all or substantially all of their properties and assets, and (iv) sell the capital stock of the Guarantor. In addition, upon a change of control, as defined in the Indenture, the Company may be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Indenture also contains customary events of default.
A copy of the Indenture is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1 and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Indenture is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibit.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the sale of the Notes, on June 2, 2011, the Company and the Guarantor entered into a registration rights agreement with the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission by November 29, 2011 a registration statement to exchange the Notes for registered notes substantially identical to the Notes (except that the registered notes will not be subject to additional interest provisions or restrictions on ownership or transfer), and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by December 29, 2011 and to consummate the exchange offer by February 27, 2012. In certain circumstances specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor may be required to file a shelf registration statement to register the resale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers.
If the Company and the Guarantor fail to comply with their obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company may be required to pay additional interest, as calculated in the Registration Rights Agreement, with respect to the Notes.
A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.2 and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Registration Rights Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibit.





Credit Agreement
On June 2, 2011, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary Tupperware International Holdings B.V. (the “Subsidiary Borrower”), entered into a multicurrency Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), swingline lender and issuing bank, KeyBank National Association, as syndication agent, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., as co-documentation agents, and the lenders party thereto. The Credit Agreement makes available to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrower a new five-year credit facility in an aggregate amount of $450 million (the “Facility Amount”). The Credit Agreement provides (i) a revolving credit facility, available up to the full amount of the Facility Amount, (ii) a letter of credit facility, available up to $50 million of the Facility Amount, and (iii) a swingline facility, available up to $50 million of the Facility Amount. Each of such facilities is fully available to the Company and is available to the Subsidiary Borrower up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $225 million. The Company is permitted to increase, on up to three occasions, the Facility Amount by a total of up to $200 million (for a maximum aggregate Facility Amount of $650 million), subject to certain conditions.
Loans made under the revolving credit facility will comprise either (i) “Eurocurrency Borrowings”, bearing interest determined in reference to the London interbank offered rate for the applicable currency and interest period, plus a margin or (ii) “ABR Borrowings”, bearing interest at the sum of (A) the greatest of (x) the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate, (y) the Federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (z) one month LIBOR , plus 1% , and (B) a margin. The applicable margin in each case will be determined by reference to a pricing schedule and will be based upon the ratio (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio”) at any time of the consolidated funded indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries to the consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement and further described below) of the Company and its subsidiaries for the four (4) fiscal quarters then most recently ended. The applicable margin for ABR Borrowings ranges from 0.25% to 1.25%. The applicable margin for Eurocurrency Borrowings ranges from 1.25% to 2.25%. Loans made under the swingline facility will bear interest, if denominated in U.S. Dollars, at the same rate as an ABR Borrowing and, if denominated in another currency, at a rate to be agreed between the Company and the swingline lender prior to the extension of such loan.
The Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, generally restrict the Company's ability to incur subsidiary indebtedness, create liens on and sell assets, engage in liquidation or dissolutions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or change lines of business. These covenants are subject to significant exceptions and qualifications.
The Credit Agreement has an initial maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.25 to 1.0 and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.0 to 1.0 (defined as consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated total interest expense). For purposes of the Credit Agreement, consolidated EBITDA represents earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted to exclude unusual, non-recurring gains as well as non-cash charges and certain other items.
The Credit Agreement contains certain customary events of default.
The Guarantor has agreed to unconditionally guaranty all obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement.
Some of the lenders in the Credit Agreement and/or their affiliates have other business relationships with the Company involving the provision of financial and bank-related services, including cash management, foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and letters of credit, and have participated in the Company's prior credit agreements and sales of debt.
A copy of the Credit Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1 and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Credit Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibit.
Collateral Arrangement
As security for its obligations under the guarantee of the Company's obligations under the Notes and the guarantee of the Company's and Subsidiary Borrower's obligations under the of the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor has granted to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”), for the benefit of the lenders under the Credit Agreement, the holders of the Notes and potential future senior creditors a security interest in certain “Tupperware” trademarks and service marks owned by the Guarantor (the “Collateral”). The Company has also entered into an Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement with the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Guarantor which provides for the priorities and other relative rights among the holders of the Notes, the holders of the obligations under the Credit Agreement, and the holders of any other future outstanding senior debt that has a pari passu lien on the Collateral.





Item 1.02      Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement.
In connection with the closing of the Credit Agreement, the Company terminated the Credit Agreement dated September 28, 2007 (the “Old Credit Facility”), among Tupperware Brands Corporation, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing bank, KeyBank National Association, as syndication agent and joint lead arranger, Calyon New York Branch, as co-documentation agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as sole bookrunner and joint lead arranger. The Old Credit Facility provided for a total secured commitment of $800 million, consisting of $200 million revolving credit facility and $600 million in term loans, and matured on September 28, 2012. The Old Credit Facility was replaced by the Credit Agreement described in Item 1.01 above.
Item 2.03      Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation Under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.
The information included or incorporated by reference in Item 1.01 of this report is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.
Item 9.01      Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(d)    Exhibits
Item No.
Exhibit
4.1
Indenture, dated June 2, 2011, among Tupperware Brands Corporation, Dart Industries Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
4.2
Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 2, 2011, among Tupperware Brands Corporation, Dart Industries Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
10.1
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2011, among Tupperware Brands Corporation, Tupperware International Holdings B.V., the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National Association and BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.






SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION
 
 
 
Date: June 7, 2011
By:
/s/ Thomas M. Roehlk
 
Thomas M. Roehlk
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Secretary





EXECUTION VERSION



    


TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION
as Issuer,
DART INDUSTRIES INC.
as Guarantor,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee


4.750% Senior Notes due 2021
______________________________
INDENTURE
Dated as of June 2, 2011
______________________________

    
        



1



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through
318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
Trust Indenture Act
Section
 
Indenture
Section
 
 
 
310(a)(1)
 
7.9
(a)(2)
 
7.9
(a)(3)
 
N.A.
(a)(4)
 
N.A.
(a)(5)
 
N.A.
(b)
 
7.9
(c)
 
N.A.
311(a)
 
7.11
(b)
 
7.11
(c)
 
N.A.
312(a)
 
N.A.
(b)
 
12.4
(c)
 
12.4
313(a)
 
7.10
(b)(1)
 
N.A.
(b)(2)
 
7.10
(c)
 
7.10
(d)
 
7.10
314(a)
 
4.7
(b)
 
N.A.
(c)(1)
 
12.4
(c)(2)
 
12.4
(c)(3)
 
N.A.
(d)
 
N.A.
(e)
 
12.5
(f)
 
N.A.
315(a)
 
7.1
(b)
 
7.5
(c)
 
7.1
(d)
 
N.A.
(e)
 
6.14
316(a)(last sentence)
 
1.1
(a)(1)(A)
 
6.12
(a)(1)(B)
 
6.13
(a)(2)
 
N.A.
(b)
 
6.8
(c)
 
9.3
317(a)(1)
 
6.3
(a)(2)
 
6.4
(b)
 
2.4
318(a)
 
N.A.
______________
Note:    This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

i



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
1
SECTION 1.1.   Definitions
1
SECTION 1.2.   Other Definitions
8
SECTION 1.3.   Rules of Construction
8
ARTICLE II The Notes
9
SECTION 2.1.   Form and Dating
9
SECTION 2.2.   Execution and Authentication
12
SECTION 2.3.   Registrar and Paying Agent
13
SECTION 2.4.   Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
13
SECTION 2.5.   Noteholder Lists
13
SECTION 2.6.   Transfer and Exchange
13
SECTION 2.7.   Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A
16
SECTION 2.8.   Business Days
16
SECTION 2.9.   Replacement Notes
17
SECTION 2.10.   Outstanding Notes
17
SECTION 2.11.   Temporary Notes
17
SECTION 2.12.   Cancellation
17
SECTION 2.13.   Defaulted Interest
17
SECTION 2.14.   CUSIP Numbers, etc.
17
SECTION 2.15.   Issuance of Additional Notes
18
SECTION 2.16.   One Class of Notes
18
ARTICLE III Redemption; Change of Control Offer
18
SECTION 3.1.   Notices to Trustee
18
SECTION 3.2.   Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
18
SECTION 3.3.   Notice of Redemption
18
SECTION 3.4.   Effect of Notice of Redemption
19
SECTION 3.5.   Deposit of Redemption Price
19
SECTION 3.6.   Notes Redeemed in Part
20
SECTION 3.7.   Change of Control Offer
20
ARTICLE IV Covenants
20
SECTION 4.1.   Payment of Notes
20
SECTION 4.2.   Limitation on Liens
20
SECTION 4.3.   Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
22
SECTION 4.4.   Limitation on the Sale or Disposition of Guarantor
22
SECTION 4.5.   Statement by Officers as to Default
22
SECTION 4.6.   Maintenance of Office or Agency
22
SECTION 4.7.   Reporting
22
SECTION 4.8.   Existence
23
SECTION 4.9.   Additional Interest Notice
23
ARTICLE V Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
23
SECTION 5.1.   Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms
23
SECTION 5.2.   Successor Person Substituted for the Company
23
ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies
23
SECTION 6.1.   Events of Default
23

ii



SECTION 6.2.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
25
SECTION 6.3.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
25
SECTION 6.4.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
26
SECTION 6.5.   Other Remedies
26
SECTION 6.6.   Application of Money Collected
26
SECTION 6.7.   Limitation on Suits
27
SECTION 6.8.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
27
SECTION 6.9.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies
27
SECTION 6.10.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative
27
SECTION 6.11.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver
28
SECTION 6.12.   Control By Holders
28
SECTION 6.13.   Waiver of Past Defaults
28
SECTION 6.14.   Undertaking for Costs
28
SECTION 6.15.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
28
ARTICLE VII Trustee
29
SECTION 7.1.   Duties of Trustee
29
SECTION 7.2.   Rights of Trustee
29
SECTION 7.3.   Individual Rights of Trustee
30
SECTION 7.4.   Trustee’s Disclaimer
31
SECTION 7.5.   Notice of Defaults
31
SECTION 7.6.   Compensation and Indemnity
31
SECTION 7.7.   Replacement of Trustee
31
SECTION 7.8.   Successor Trustee by Merger
32
SECTION 7.9.   Eligibility; Disqualification
32
SECTION 7.10.   Reports by Trustee
32
SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
33
ARTICLE VIII Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
33
SECTION 8.1.   Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
33
SECTION 8.2.   Conditions to Defeasance
34
SECTION 8.3.   Application of Trust Money
35
SECTION 8.4.   Repayment to the Company
35
SECTION 8.5.   Indemnity for Government Obligations
35
SECTION 8.6.   Reinstatement
35
ARTICLE IX Amendments
35
SECTION 9.1.   Without Consent of Holders
35
SECTION 9.2.   With Consent of Holders
36
SECTION 9.3.   Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
37
SECTION 9.4.   Trustee To Sign Amendments
37
SECTION 9.5.   Effect of Supplemental Indentures
37
SECTION 9.6.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes
37
SECTION 9.7.   Payment for Consent
37
ARTICLE X The Guarantee
38
SECTION 10.1.   Guarantee
38
SECTION 10.2.   No Subrogation
39
SECTION 10.3.   Consideration
39
SECTION 10.4.   Release of Guarantor
39
ARTICLE XI Security Documents
39

iii



SECTION 11.1.   Collateral and Security Documents
39
SECTION 11.2.   Continued Ownership of Collateral
40
SECTION 11.3.   Release of Liens on the Collateral
40
SECTION 11.4.   Impairment of Security Interest
41
SECTION 11.5.   Further Assurances
41
SECTION 11.6.   Foreclosure
41
SECTION 11.7.   Determinations Relating to Collateral
41
SECTION 11.8.   Control over Common Collateral and Enforcement of Liens
41
SECTION 11.9.   Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents
41
ARTICLE XII Miscellaneous
42
SECTION 12.1.   Trust Indenture Act Controls
42
SECTION 12.2.   Notices
42
SECTION 12.3.   Communication by Holders with other Holders
43
SECTION 12.4.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
43
SECTION 12.5.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
43
SECTION 12.6.   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
43
SECTION 12.7.   Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
43
SECTION 12.8.   No Recourse Against Others
43
SECTION 12.9.   Successors
43
SECTION 12.10.   Multiple Originals
43
SECTION 12.11.   Table of Contents; Headings
44
SECTION 12.12.   U.S.A. Patriot Act
44
 
 
Exhibit A - Form of Initial Note
 
Exhibit B - Form of Exchange Note
 
Exhibit C - Form of Regulation S Certificate
 
Exhibit D - Form of Rule 144A Certificate
 
Exhibit E - Election Form for Change of Control Offer
 
Exhibit F - Form of Incumbency Certificate
 







iv



INDENTURE, dated as of June 2, 2011 among TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), DART INDUSTRIES INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders of the Company's 4.750% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and, if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Notes as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company's 4.750% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the “ Notes ”):
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
Section 1.1. Definitions
Actionable Event ” means each of a Bank Actionable Event, a Note Actionable Event and, with respect to any other First Lien Obligations, the occurrence of (1) an Event of Default (as defined in the document governing such First Lien Obligation) that consists of a default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, at maturity with respect to such First Lien Obligation or (2) an acceleration of payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest with respect to such First Lien Obligation following an Event of Default under the document governing such First Lien Obligation.
Additional Interest ” means any additional interest then due and payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Additional Notes ” means the Notes issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.6, 2.9, 2.11 or 3.6 of this Indenture).
Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., acting in its capacity as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, or any successor thereto.
Authorized Representative ” means each of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, and any authorized representative that represents any holders of any other First Lien Obligations.
Bank Actionable Event ” means the occurrence of (1) an event of default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) that consists of a default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, at maturity of the obligations under the Credit Agreement or (2) an acceleration of payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the obligations under the Credit Agreement following an event of default under the Credit Agreement.
Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
Board of Directors ” or “ Board ” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors.
Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close in the place of payment.
Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests (including partnership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock.
Collateral ” means the Material Marks in which a Lien is purported to be granted to secure obligations in respect of the Guarantee pursuant to the Security Documents.
Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., acting in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor thereto.
Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the preamble to this Indenture until a

1



successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, the “Company” shall mean such successor Person.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of all assets (less depreciation, valuation and all other reserves and items deductible therefrom under GAAP, reflected on the Company's most recent consolidated balance sheet contained in the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as the case may be, filed with the SEC, less (1) all current liabilities; and (2) intangible assets, including, without limitation, such items as goodwill, trademarks, trade names, patents and unamortized debt discount and expense carried as an asset on such balance sheet.
Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered; which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at the address specified in Section 12.2 or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company.
Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, Tupperware International Holdings B.V., the Administrative Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.
Custodian ” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
Dart ” means the Person named as the “Guarantor” in the preamble to this Indenture and its successors and assigns.
Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
Exchange Notes ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
First Lien Obligations ” means obligations under the Notes and the Guarantee, the Credit Agreement and the related guarantee, and any other senior Indebtedness (existing or future) that has a pari passu Lien on the Collateral with the obligations under the Notes and the Guarantee, the holders of which are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Ltd., or any successor thereto.
GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States or any accounting principles permitted by the SEC for reporting companies (including, if applicable, International Financial Reporting Standards), as in effect from time to time.
guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however , that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a correlative meaning.
Guarantee ” means the guarantee by the Guarantor of the Company's obligations under this Indenture.
Guarantee and Collateral Release Event ” means the satisfaction of the following conditions: (1) the

2



Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate confirming the guarantee and the Lien on the Collateral under the Security Documents relating to the Credit Agreement have been or, simultaneously with any release of the Guarantee and Collateral under the Security Documents relating to this Indenture, shall be released by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Credit Agreement; (2) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from two Rating Agencies (which, for avoidance of doubt, may include Fitch if it is then a Rating Agency), provided that the Company shall have been advised by each such Rating Agency that the release of the Collateral securing the Guarantee shall not result in such Rating Agency revising its rating of the Notes to below an Investment Grade Rating); (3) any other conditions set forth in the Security Documents shall have been satisfied; and (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time following a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event, the rating on the Notes shall have been lowered by any one of the Rating Agencies referenced in clause (2) above to below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Guarantee shall thereafter be reinstated, on an unsecured basis, and again be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from two Rating Agencies.
Guarantor ” means the Person named as the “Guarantor” in the preamble to this Indenture and its respective successors and assigns.
Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar's books.
Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Notes ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
Initial Purchasers ” means the Initial Purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement.
Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person at any time of determination, without duplication, the amount shown on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as a liability in respect of (1) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (3) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid or accrued by such Person, (4) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property not constituting a current liability, (5) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (6) net obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate protection agreements, (7) all obligations of such Person, actual or contingent, as an account party in respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptances, (8) all guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, other than endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, and (9) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed.
Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, between the Guarantor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the parties specified therein, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.
Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and each additional Authorized Representative from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.
Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.
Issue Date ” means June 2, 2011 (being the original issuance date of the Notes).
Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or security interest of any kind, but excluding pledges or deposits under worker's compensation, unemployment insurance or similar statutes, mechanics', workmen's or other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business or deposits or pledges to obtain the release of any such liens, certain liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies, landlord's liens on property held under lease, easements and other liens or encumbrances similar to the foregoing.

3



Make-Whole Amount ” has the meaning specified in the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
Material Foreign Jurisdictions ” means the European Union (European Community trademarks), France, Germany, Mexico, South Africa and Switzerland; provided that a Material Foreign Jurisdiction shall cease to be a Material Foreign Jurisdiction if such jurisdiction ceases to permit the granting, recordation or perfection of security interests in the Collateral.
Material Marks ” means the pending applications and registrations for trademarks and service marks owned by Dart that are identified on Schedule I to the Security Agreement, in which a Lien is purported to be granted to secure certain obligations in respect of the Guarantee pursuant to the Security Documents ( provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable U.S. federal law), together, in each case, with the goodwill symbolized thereby in the United States and each Material Foreign Jurisdiction where the separation of the goodwill from the trademark or service mark shall result in the impairment or invalidity of the trademark or service mark rights, including, without limitation, the United States.
Maturity ” means, with respect to any Note, the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided herein or therein, whether at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise (including, any Change of Control Payment Date as to Notes to be repurchased at the option of the holder thereof in connection with any Change of Control Offer).
Moody's ” means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
Notes ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
Note Actionable Event ” means the occurrence of (1) an Event of Default that consists of a default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, at maturity of the Notes or (2) an acceleration of payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes following an Event of Default under this Indenture.
Notice of Actionable Event ” means a notice by the Administrative Agent, the Trustee or another Authorized Representative delivered to the Collateral Agent, stating that an Actionable Event under the Credit Agreement, this Indenture or document governing another First Lien Obligation, as applicable, has occurred. A Notice of Actionable Event shall be deemed to have been given when the notice referred to in the preceding sentence has actually been received by the Collateral Agent and to have been rescinded when the Collateral Agent has actually received from the Administrative Agent, Trustee or another Authorized Representative, as applicable, a notice withdrawing such notice. A Notice of Actionable Event shall be deemed to be outstanding at all times after such notice has been given until such time, if any, as such notice has been rescinded.
Offering Memorandum ” means the final Offering Memorandum, dated June 2, 2011, relating to the Notes and the Guarantee.
Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Controller, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Company, as applicable.
Officer's Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee.
Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of the Company.
Outstanding ” means, when used with respect to the Notes, as of any date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(1)
Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(2)
Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and

4



segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture;
(3)
Notes as to which Defeasance has been effected pursuant to Section 8.1; and
(4)
Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.9 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Company;
provided, however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given, made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder as of any date, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate or of such other obligor.
Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
principal ” means the principal of the Notes plus premium, if any, on the Notes, which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.
Principal Property ” means any real property or any permanent improvement thereon owned by the Company or any Subsidiary that has a net book value (after deduction of accumulated depreciation) in excess of 1% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.
Rating Agencies ” means each of Moody's and S&P and, if either of Moody's or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company's control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, reasonably selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company's Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody's or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if Fitch commences a rating of the Notes, then Fitch shall also be deemed to be a Rating Agency.
Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such holders, in exchange for Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to purchasers of Additional Notes with respect to registration of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
Remedy Period ” means a period when a Notice of Actionable Event shall have been delivered by all of the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and any other Authorized Representative pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement and none of such Notices shall have been rescinded.
Restricted Period ” means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (1) the

5



day on which the Initial Notes first are offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (2) the Issue Date or the date on which any Additional Notes are originally issued in the form of Initial Notes, as the case may be.
Restrictive Notes Legend ” means the Restrictive Legend set forth in clause (A) of Section 2.1(c) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(c), as applicable.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor thereto.
Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing to the Company or any Subsidiary of any Principal Property (except for leases between the Company and a Subsidiary or between Subsidiaries), which Principal Property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary to such Person; provided that the term “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” shall not include any arrangement in which the only participants are the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries.
SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date of the Notes, between the Guarantor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the parties specified therein, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.
Security Documents ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, and any other security agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Trustee and the Holders.
Significant Collateral Security Failure Event ” means, with respect to the United States or any Material Foreign Jurisdiction, the security interest created under the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days; provided that no such cessation shall be considered to be a Significant Collateral Security Failure Event if it occurs (1) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents or (2) as a the result of a change in law in the United States or any Material Foreign Jurisdiction.
Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (which as of the Issue Date, consists of House of Fuller S. de R.L. de C.V., Tupperware Products, S.A. and Tupperware Southern African (Proprietary) Ltd.).
Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any Note, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such Note is due and payable (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of any Note at the option of the holder thereof upon a Change of Control Payment Date unless the holder thereof has exercised its option to have such Note repurchased).
Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock (or equivalent equity interest) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).
Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (1) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (2) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any debtor relief laws to such Person, would be characterized as the Indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

6



Trust Indenture Act ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa‑77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.
Trust Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department (or any successor department) of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including, without limitation, any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by an individual listed above or has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and for purposes of Section 7.1(b)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 7.5 shall also include any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Trustee ” means the Person named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.
Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company's option.
Value ” means, with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the greater of (1) the net proceeds from the sale or transfer of the property leased pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and (2) the sum of all costs to the Company or any Subsidiary incurred in connection with the acquisition of such property and the construction of any improvements thereon, as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of entering into such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, in either case multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be equal to the number of full years of the term of the lease that is part of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction remaining at the time of determination and the denominator of which shall be equal to the number of full years of such term, without regard to any renewal or extension options contained in the lease.

7



Section 1.2. Other Definitions
Term
Defined in
Section
 
 
“Affiliate”
2.10
“Agent Members”
2.1(d)
“Applicable Procedures”
2.6(a)
“Authenticating Agent”
2.2
“Change of Control Offer”
3.7
“Change of Control Payment”
3.7
“Change of Control Payment Date”
3.7
“Company Order”
2.2
“covenant defeasance option”
8.1(b)
“Definitive Notes”
2.1(e)
“Event of Default”
6.1
“Exchange Global Note”
2.1(a)
“Global Notes”
2.1(a)
“legal defeasance option”
8.1(b)
“Obligations”
10.1
“Paying Agent”
2.3
“QIBs”
2.1(a)
“Registrar”
2.3
“Regulation S”
2.1(a)
“Regulation S Certificate”
2.6(a)
“Regulation S Legend”
2.1(c)
“Regulation S Global Note”
2.1(a)
“Regulation S Note”
2.1(a)
“Resale Restriction Termination Date”
2.1(c)
“Restrictive Legend”
2.1(c)
“Rule 144A”
2.1(a)
“Rule 144A Certificate”
2.6(b)
“Rule 144A Global Note”
2.1(a)
“Rule 144A Note”
2.1(a)
 
 
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction For purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) “including” means including (without limitation);
(4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
(5) all references to (a) Initial Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued in the form of Initial Notes and (b) Exchange Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued in the form of Exchange Notes, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.15;
(6) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date or the date

8



any Additional Notes were originally issued, as the case may be;
(7) as set forth in the definition of “principal” in Section 1.1, all references to “premium, if any” shall be deemed to include, to the extent applicable, (i) any premium payable in respect of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or (ii) any Make-Whole Amount payable in respect of the Notes, in each case unless the context otherwise requires. Solely for the avoidance of doubt, this Indenture and the form of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B make specific references from time to time of premium, if any, to emphasize the application thereto of certain provisions of this Indenture to the Notes; and
(8) all references herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this Indenture unless otherwise so indicated.


ARTICLE II

The Notes

SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating .
(a) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes will be resold initially by the Initial Purchasers only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) in reliance on Rule 144A (“ QIBs ”) and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”)) in reliance on Regulation S. The Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and other purchasers in reliance on Rule 144A, Regulation S or another exemption under the Securities Act in accordance with the procedures described herein. The Initial Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.
Initial Notes offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (each, a “ Rule 144A Note ” and collectively, the “ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
Initial Notes offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers outside the United States of America (each, a “ Regulation S Note ” and, collectively, the “ Regulation S Notes ”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A , which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Note and a Regulation S Note shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including the appropriate legend as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “ Exchange Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

9



The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Notes .”
The principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register or (ii) upon written request of any Holder of at least $1,000,000 principal amount of Notes, wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained and specified by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and premium, if any) and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.
(b) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
(c) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,
(A) the Rule 144A Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Restrictive Legend ”) on the face thereof:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTOR, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $500,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.
THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.”
(B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Regulation S Legend ”) on the face thereof:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS

10



AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.”
(C) The Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:
“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.”
(d) Book-Entry Provisions. (i)  This Section 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.
(ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c).

(iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

(v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(e), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
(vi) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action

11



which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(e) Definitive Notes. (i)  Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive certificated Notes (“Definitive Notes”). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC's and the Registrar's procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (b) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer's Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request to do so from DTC.
(ii) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c).

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. An Officer of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000, (2) any Additional Notes for original issue from time to time after the Issue Date in such principal amounts as set forth in Section 2.15 and (3) any Exchange Notes for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company (a “ Company Order ”). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes (other than Additional Notes) which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $400,000,000. Additionally, the Company may from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Holders, issue such additional principal amounts of Additional Notes as may be issued and authenticated pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph, and Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.10, Section 3.6, Section 9.5 and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer.
The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
In case the Company, pursuant to Article V, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto (if not otherwise a party to this Indenture) with the Trustee pursuant to Article V, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes

12



as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person (if other than the Company) pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person (if other than the Company), at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any such additional paying agent. The Company may change the Registrar or appoint one or more co-Registrars without notice.

In the event the Company shall retain any Person not a party to this Indenture as an agent hereunder, the Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.6. The Company shall be responsible for the fees and compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it. Either the Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes, and the Trustee accepts such appointment. The Company also initially appoints the Trustee as custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee accepts such appointment.
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust . By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal of and premium, if any, or interest (including any Additional Interest) when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If either of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes (other than Section 2.1(e) hereof), transfers and exchanges of Notes and beneficial interests in a Global Note of the kinds specified in this Section 2.6 shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.6.
(a) Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note . If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(a), and subject to the Applicable Procedures (as defined below). Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member's account and that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another

13



specified Agent Member's account and (B) a Regulation S Certificate (a “ Regulation S Certificate ”), the form of which is set forth in Exhibit C hereto, duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6. “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or their successors or assigns, in each case, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

(b) Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note . If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(b) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member's account and that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Member's account and (B) if such transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, a Rule 144A Certificate (a “ Rule 144A Certificate ”), the form of which is set forth in Exhibit D hereto, duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.

(c) Rule 144A Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note . If the holder of a Rule 144A Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(c) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Member's account and (B) a Rule 144A Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or a Regulation S Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, in either case, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.

(d) Regulation S Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note . If the holder of a Regulation S Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(d) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Member's account and (B) if the transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period and the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, a Rule 144A Certificate satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.

(e) Non-Global Note to Non-Global Note . A Note that is not a Global Note may be transferred, in whole or in part, to a person who takes delivery in the form of another Note that is not a Global Note in accordance with Section 2.3; provided , that if the Note to be transferred in whole or in part is (I) a Rule 144A Note or (II) a Regulation S Note and the transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, then, in each case, the Trustee, as Registrar, shall have received (A) a Rule 144A Certificate, duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note, or (B) a Regulation S Certificate, duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)).


14



(f) Exchange between Global Note and Non-Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Global Note may be exchanged for a Note that is not a Global Note as provided in Section 2.1(e); provided , that if such interest is a beneficial interest in (I) the Rule 144A Global Note or (II) the Regulation S Global Note and such exchange is to occur during the Restricted Period, then, in each case, such interest shall be exchanged for a Rule 144A Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)). A Note that is not a Global Note may be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note only if (A) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer effected in accordance with Section 2.6(c) or (d) herein or (B) such Note is a Regulation S Note and such exchange occurs after the Restricted Period.

(g) Restrictive Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restrictive Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

(h) Officer's Certificate . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate setting forth the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the Restricted Period.

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
(i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar's or co‑registrar's request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.6 or 9.5).

(iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co‑registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c).

(vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall be the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(vii) All certificates, certifications and opinions of counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar or any co-registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect any transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile transmission, with the original to follow by first class mail or hand delivery.

(j) No Obligation of the Trustee . (i)  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial

15



owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person in respect of any aspect of the records, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records, relating to beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee and the Company may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(k) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by DTC to a nominee of DTC, by a nominee of DTC to DTC or to another nominee of DTC, or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of such successor depositary.

Neither the Trustee nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC or any successor depositary.
(l) Accrual of Interest on the Exchange Note; Exchange of Exchange Notes .
i. Interest on any Exchange Note shall accrue from the dates provided in Exhibit B .
ii. Subject to Section 2.1(e), upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Exchange Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Notes or Additional Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (w) any Exchange Notes to be received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (x) at the time of the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (y) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or the Guarantor and (z) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that shall receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Initial Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder shall deliver a prospectus relating to the Exchange Notes (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus relating to the Exchange Notes to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Initial Notes in the form of Global Notes and/or Additional Notes in the form of Global Notes to be reduced accordingly.
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A . Attached hereto as Exhibit C and Exhibit D are forms of certificates to be delivered in connection with transfers pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A, respectively.
SECTION 2.8. Business Days . If a payment date is on a date that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. If a regular record date is on a day that is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.
SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note shall provide the Company and the Trustee with evidence to their satisfaction that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the

16



requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Guarantor the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled, those delivered for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or the Guarantor (an “Affiliate”) holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal of and premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or cancellation and, upon the request of the Company, deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Company from issuing any Additional Notes, or any Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee may be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its then customary practices and procedures. The Trustee shall provide to the Company a list of all Notes that have been cancelled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be less than 10 days prior to the payment date for such defaulted interest and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers and/or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or

17



as contained in any notice of a redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN and/or other similar numbers.
SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes . The Company shall be entitled to issue, from time to time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes exchanged therefor (in each case, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto), as the case may be.
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officer's Certificate, a copy of each shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
i. the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
ii. the issue price, the issue date and the “CUSIP” and “ISIN” number of any such Additional Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto;
iii. whether such Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture; and
iv. if applicable, the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the Restricted Period for such Additional Notes.

SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes . The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall together be deemed to constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture.

ARTICLE III
Redemption; Change of Control Offer
SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee . If the Company elects to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, pursuant to the “Optional Redemption” provisions on the reverse of the form of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B , it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.
The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer's Certificate from the Company to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and set forth in the related notice given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days prior to the date selected for redemption by the Company.
SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed . If fewer than all the Notes then outstanding are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be fair and appropriate in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption . At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of the Notes, as the case may be, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first‑class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the redemption date;

18



(2) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of accrued interest to be paid, if any;
(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;
(5) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the Bond No. (if certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
(6) that, unless the Company and the Guarantor default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portions thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any condition to such redemption;
(7) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and
(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Company's written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at the Company's expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at least 15 days (or such shorter period as shall be agreed to by the Trustee) prior the date on which notice is required to be sent to Holders. The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes.
SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3, the Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price as stated in the notice, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption. A notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes as specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). Upon surrender to the Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date; provided, that the Company shall have deposited the redemption price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption; provided further that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Noteholder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price . By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent or the Trustee (or, if the Company or the Guarantor is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by the Company or a Subsidiary and have been delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation. All money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Company. In addition, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent or the Trustee by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.
Unless the Company and the Guarantor default in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.
SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company

19



shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the Company's expense) a new Note, equal in a principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
SECTION 3.7. Change of Control Offer . If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company shall have exercised its option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Article III, the Company shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer and, to the extent Notes are tendered pursuant to such Offer, repurchase such Notes by making the Change of Control Payment in respect of such Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date, all as set forth in the “Change of Control Offer” provisions of the reverse of the forms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B .
ARTICLE IV
Covenants
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes . The Company covenants and agrees that it shall promptly pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or, if the Company, the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor's Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by the Company, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.4) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal of and premium, if any, and interest then due.
The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.13.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantor or the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing authorities from principal or interest payments hereunder.
SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness if that Indebtedness is secured by any Lien upon any of the Company's Principal Property or the Principal Property of a Subsidiary, without effectively securing the Notes equally and ratably with, or prior to, that Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured. The foregoing restriction shall not, however, apply to the following:
(a) Liens on any property acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture which are created or assumed contemporaneously with or within 180 days after the acquisition of such property, or completion of construction or improvement thereon, or within 180 days thereafter pursuant to a firm commitment for financing arrangements entered into within that 180-day period to secure or provide for the payment of the purchase price or cost thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed the cost of the property or assets so acquired, constructed or improved;
(b) Liens existing on any property at the time of acquisition thereof from a Person merged or consolidated with or into the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that the Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(c) Liens on property of any Person existing at the time that Person becomes a Subsidiary;
(d) Liens existing on any property at the time of acquisition thereof (in addition to Liens contemplated by Sections 4.2 (b) and (c) above);
(e) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

20



(f) Liens consisting solely of carriers', warehousemen's, landlords', mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(g) Liens consisting solely of easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property or other minor irregularities in title which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h) Liens in the form of leases or subleases granted or created by the Company or any Subsidiary that do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(i) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(j) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of capitalized leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and obligations for acquisition, construction or the improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that (1) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property whose acquisition, construction or improvement was financed by such Indebtedness or, if applicable, subject to such capitalized lease and (2) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired, constructed or improved on the date of acquisition, construction or improvement;
(l) Liens consisting solely of banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar rights in favor of (1) a depository institution with respect to deposit accounts maintained with such depository institution in the ordinary course of business or (2) a depository institution or other intermediary in connection with the processing of VISA, MasterCard and other credit card payments and remittances;
(m) Liens created over deposits and investments in the ordinary course of business in connection with the procurement and maintenance of insurance by the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(n) Liens, including judgment Liens, arising from legal proceedings;
(o) any Lien existing on the date of this Indenture; or
(p) Liens on the Collateral securing the Guarantee or obligations under the Credit Agreement, or granted pursuant to the Security Documents; and
(q) Liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing, replacing or refinancing Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in Sections 4.2(a) to 4.2(p) above, inclusive; provided , however , that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by that Lien shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so secured at the time of such extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing, and that such extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing shall be limited to the property that secured the Lien so extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced (plus improvements on such property).
The foregoing limitation on Liens shall not apply to the issuance, assumption or guarantee by the Company or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness secured by a Lien which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions up to an aggregate amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries secured by Liens (not including Liens permitted under the foregoing exceptions) that would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restriction and the Value of Sale and Leaseback Transactions existing at that time (other than Sale and Leaseback Transactions that, if such Sale and Leaseback Transaction had been a Lien, would have been permitted under Section 4.2(a) or 4.2(d) above and other than Sale and Leaseback Transactions as to which application of amounts have been made in accordance with Section 4.3(c)), does not at the time exceed the greater of (1) $100,000,000 and (2) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

21



SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless the net proceeds of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the sum of all costs incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of, and construction of any improvements on, the Principal Property to be leased and:
(a) the Company or the Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Principal Property to be leased without equally and ratably securing the Notes, pursuant to Section 4.2(a);
(b) the Company or the Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Principal Property to be leased without equally and ratably securing the Notes, pursuant to Section 4.2(b); or
(c) the Company or the Subsidiary shall, within 270 days of the effective date of any such arrangement (or, in the case of Section 4.3(c)(ii) below, within 270 days thereafter pursuant to a firm purchase commitment entered into within such 270-day period) apply an amount equal to the proceeds from such Sale and Leaseback Transaction relating to such Principal Property to:
(i) the payment or other retirement of Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Company or any Subsidiary that ranks senior or equal to the Notes (other than Indebtedness owned or held by the Company or any Subsidiary); or
(ii) the purchase of other Principal Property.
SECTION 4.4. Limitation on the Sale or Disposition of Guarantor . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of, or other interest in, the Guarantor. In addition, the Guarantor shall not sell, transfer, lease, license, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or properties.
SECTION 4.5. Statement by Officers as to Default . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, on or before April 15 of each calendar year or on or before such other day in each calendar year as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time agree upon, an Officer's Certificate (which shall be signed by one of the principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer of the Company), stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signers thereof, the Company or the Guarantor is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company or the Guarantor shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. In addition, when any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly after, and in any event within five days after the Company becomes aware of, the occurrence thereof by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer's Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action or inaction, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.6. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.3. The Company shall give prior written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.2.
SECTION 4.7. Reporting . The Company shall furnish the Trustee any document or report the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 15 days after such document or report is filed with the SEC; provided that the filing of any such document on the SEC's EDGAR system will be deemed to constitute filing with the Trustee. For purposes of the Trustee's administrative convenience, the Company shall provide the Trustee with an electronic link of such report via email. Delivery or deemed delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer's Certificates).
SECTION 4.8. Existence . Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, each of the Company and the Guarantor shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation or other Person.

22



SECTION4.9. Additional Interest Notice . In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall provide written notice (“ Additional Interest Notice ”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.

ARTICLE V

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

SECTION 5.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms . (a)  The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person, and the Company shall not sell, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to another Person, unless that the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) the Company is the continuing entity, or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor”) is a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, all of the Company's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture has occurred and is continuing; and
(iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, lease or conveyance, and the supplemental indenture referred to in clause (i), as the case may be, comply with this Section 5.1(a) and that all conditions precedent and covenants herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
(b) Notwithstanding, the restrictions in Section 5.1(a), the Company shall not be prohibited from engaging in a transaction the principal purpose of which shall be to effectuate a redomicile of the Company into a foreign jurisdiction or a domestic jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
SECTION 5.2. Successor Person Substituted for the Company . Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, the predecessor Person shall be released of all obligations to pay principal and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default .
(a) “Event of Default” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Notes, as the case may be, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(1) The Company defaults in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes when it becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, declaration or otherwise;
(2) The Company defaults in the payment of any installment of interest, if any, on the Notes for a period

23



of 30 days after it becomes due and payable;
(3) The Company or the Guarantor fails to perform or breaches any of its respective covenants or agreements in this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to the Notes (other than as referred to in Section 6.1 (a)(1) or (2) above), which continues for a period of 90 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;
(4) The Company or the Guarantor defaults under any Indebtedness, or any agreement under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, which Default or Defaults, individually or in the aggregate:
(i) constitutes a failure to pay at least $50 million of the principal of such Indebtedness when due (unless such Default or Defaults is or are waived or cured within 30 days after the expiration of any applicable grace period); or
(ii) have resulted in the acceleration of any portion of such Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount equal to or in excess of $50 million,
in the case of each of Section 6.1(a)(4)(i) and 6.1(a)(4)(ii) above, without the overdue or accelerated portion of such Indebtedness having been discharged, or without such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within 90 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;
(5) the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;
(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding;
(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of its property;
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of the creditors of the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary;
(v) files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief;
(vi) consents to the filing of such petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian; or
(vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case, or adjudicates the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary insolvent or bankrupt;
(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of its property; or
(iii) orders the winding-up or liquidation of the Company or the Guarantor (unless the Guarantor has

24



been and remains released pursuant to Section 10.4) or any Significant Subsidiary (or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days; or
(7) with respect to the Collateral:
(i) any Significant Collateral Security Failure Event with respect to the United States exists and is continuing;
(ii) any Significant Collateral Security Failure Event with respect to two Material Foreign Jurisdictions exists and is continuing; or
(iii) the Company or the Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such assertion by the Guarantor, the Company fails to cause the Guarantor to rescind such assertions within 10 days after the Company has actual knowledge of such assertions; provided that the Company's or Guarantor's assertion that a security interest is invalid or unenforceable is not based on a change of law in the jurisdiction that results in the jurisdiction not permitting the granting, recordation or perfection of security interests in the Collateral.
(b) If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default described under Section 6.1(a)(5) or 6.1(a)(6) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described under Section 6.1(a)(5) or 6.1(a)(6) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .
(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(5) or 6.1(a)(6)) with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare the principal of all the Notes and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(5) or 6.1(a)(6) occurs and is continuing, the principal of all Notes and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
(b) At any time after such an acceleration with respect to Notes, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
(1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
(2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration; and
(3) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances.
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .
(a)  The Company covenants that if:
(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and

25



payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, of any Note at the Stated Maturity thereof,
the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal of and premium, if any, and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal of and premium, if any, and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
(b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or the Guarantor and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or the Guarantor.
(c) If an Event of Default with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
SECTION 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
(a) In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company or the Guarantor, its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6.
(b) No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors' or other similar committee.
SECTION 6.5. Other Remedies .
(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture (including the Guarantee) or the Security Documents.
(b) All rights of action and claims under the Notes or this Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
SECTION 6.6. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or premium, if any, or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation

26



thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6;
Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal of and premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
Third: To the payment of the balance, if any, to the Company, the Guarantor or any other Person or Persons legally entitled thereto.
SECTION 6.7. Limitation on Suits . No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes;
(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, considered as one class, shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, considered as one class, it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.
SECTION 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, if applicable, on the redemption date or the Change of Control Payment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

27



SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Notes to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
SECTION 6.12. Control By Holders . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Notes; provided that:
(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture;
(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and
(3) such direction is not unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes not joining in that action.
If an Event of Default is continuing with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all the Outstanding Notes, considered as one class, shall have the right to make such direction, and not the Holders of Notes.
SECTION 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under this Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a default:
(1) in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, or
(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs, including legal fees and expenses of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant; provided that this Section 6.14 shall not be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in (1) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (2) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or (3) any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, if applicable, on or after the redemption date or the Change of Control Payment Date).
SECTION 6.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Each of the Company and the Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.



28



ARTICLE VII
Trustee
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee .
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no other duties nor implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officer's Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such Officer's Certificates and Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine such Officer's Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts, statements, opinions or conclusions stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this subsection does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b) or 7.1(e);
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved by a final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.12.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or other property received by it or for holding moneys or other property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed in writing among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other money or property except to the extent required by law.
(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
(f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, where applicable.
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee .
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance on, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may, unless otherwise specified herein, require an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both.

29



(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any duties hereunder either directly through attorneys and agents, respectively, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or power conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the Notes.
(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder, including the Collateral Agent and any additional Authorized Representative under the Security Documents.
(i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company or the Guarantor and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Company or the Guarantor deliver a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
(m) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, any provision of any law or regulation or any governmental authority, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services.
The permissive right of the Trustee to take or omit actions enumerated herein shall not be construed as duty on the part of the Trustee.
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become

30



the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company and the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co‑paying agent may do the same with like rights.
SECTION 7.4. Trustee's Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity, adequacy or priority of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use or application of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be responsible to make any calculation with respect to any matter under this Indenture. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor or investigate the Company's or the Guarantor's compliance with or the breach of, or cause to be performed or observed, any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.
SECTION7.5. Notice of Defaults . If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests of Noteholders.
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company and the Guarantor, severally and jointly, covenant and agree to pay to the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to time such compensation for its services as the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company or the Guarantor shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out‑of‑pocket expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses), disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including costs of collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents and counsel. The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers, agents, directors, employees and any predecessor Trustees against any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) (including taxes, other than taxes applicable to the Trustee's compensation hereunder) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Guarantor promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to notify the Company and the Guarantor shall not relieve the Company and the Guarantor from their obligations under this Section 7.6, except to the extent that the Company or the Guarantor have been prejudiced by such failure. The Company and the Guarantor shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent reasonable, in the defense of any such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts and/or issues surrounding the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Company or the Guarantor, the Company and the Guarantor shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of separate counsel to the Trustee. Neither the Company nor the Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. Neither the Company nor the Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
To secure the Company's and the Guarantor's payment obligations in this Section 7.6, the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee) shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes.
The Company's and the Guarantor's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall survive the satisfaction, discharge and termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any bankruptcy law. In addition to and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(6) or 6.1(a)(7) with respect to the Company or the Guarantor, the expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days' written notice to the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, may remove the Trustee

31



upon 30 days' written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9;
(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company and the Company shall pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under Section 7.6 of this Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property and money held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.6.
If a successor Trustee does not take office with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company or the Guarantor are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met.
Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 7.10. Reports by Trustee .

32



(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act (including, without limitation, Sections 313(b) and 313(c) thereof), at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. If required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within 60 days after each May 15 following the date of the initial issuance of Notes under this Indenture deliver to Holders a brief report, dated as of such May 15, which complies with the provisions of such Section 313(a).
(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance . (a)  Subject to Section 8.1(c), the Company and the Guarantor may terminate their obligations under this Indenture, when:
(1) Either:
(a)    all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(b)    all the Notes issued that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year (“ discharge ”) or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the Company's name and at the Company's expense, and the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee sufficient funds to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes to pay principal and premium, if any, interest and any additional amounts;
(2) The Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture; and
(3) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
(b)     Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company or the Guarantor at any time may terminate (i) all of their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture relating thereto (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6, 5.1, 11.2, 11.4 and 11.5 and the operation of Sections 6.1(a)(3) and 6.1(a)(4) (“ covenant defeasance option ”). The Company and the Guarantor may exercise the legal defeasance option notwithstanding a prior exercise of the covenant defeasance option.
If the Company or the Guarantor exercises the legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises the covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(a)(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(ii) above) or 6.1(a)(4).
Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

33



(c) Notwithstanding Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b) above, the Company's obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.9, 2.11, 4.1, 4.5, 4.7, 4.8 and 4.9, Article VII, and Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, only the Company's and the Trustee's obligations in Sections 7.6, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive.
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance . The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if:
(a) the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders:
(1) money in dollars or in such foreign currency in which the notes are payable in at stated maturity;
(2) non-callable U.S. Government Obligations; or
(3) a combination of money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations,
in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of the Notes.
(b) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company and the Guarantor have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
(c) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Noteholders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and
(d) no Event of Default or event with which notice of lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing at the time of such deposit;
(e) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any of the Company's or the Guarantor's securities;
(f) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor are a party, or by which the Company or the Guarantor are bound;
(g) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause any securities listed on any registered national stock exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;
(h) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company or the Guarantor in connection therewith; and
(i) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.

34



Before or after a deposit, the Company or the Guarantor may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of any Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations either directly or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company . The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company or the Guarantor upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.
Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company or the Guarantor upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company or the Guarantor for payment as general creditors.
Any unclaimed funds held by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested and without any liability for interest.
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations . The Company or the Guarantor shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to such Holder's account.
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture relating thereto shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that (a) if the Company or the Guarantor has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company and the Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government Obligations to the Company or the Guarantor promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement of the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect.


ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders . From time to time, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee and, as applicable, the Collateral Agent, without the consent of the Holders, may amend the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantee and the Security Documents for any of the following purposes:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;
(v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantee to any provision of

35



the “Description of the Notes,” as set forth in the Offering Memorandum;
(vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company's or the Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof;
(vii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there shall be no registration rights), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;
(viii) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes;
(ix) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository
(x) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to add additional collateral to secure the Guarantee, add guarantees with respect to the Notes, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company's covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional Events of Default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor) or, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect;
(xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal or premium, if any, on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;
(xii) release the Guarantee (or any additional guarantees) and the Collateral (or any additional collateral) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Guarantee and the Security Documents, as the case may be; or
(xiii) supplement any provision of this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture; provided that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders . (a)  From time to time, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and, as applicable, the Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Notes, may amend the Notes, this Indenture (including the Guarantee) and the Security Documents for any purpose, provided, however, that, without the consent of each Holder, no amendment may:
(1) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
(2) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes;
(3) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor;
(4) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in this Indenture;
(5) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
(6) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and

36



conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee;
(7) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
(8) make any change to Section 9.1 or 9.2.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.2(a) above, without the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may: (i) modify any Security Document or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with Security Documents in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or (ii) otherwise release the Collateral other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents.
(c) In addition, it shall not be necessary for any act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture or amendment to any of the Security Documents, as the case may be, but it shall be sufficient if such act shall approve the substance thereof.
SECTION 9.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . (a)  A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective with respect the Notes, it shall bind every Noteholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the execution of such amendment or waiver by the Trustee.
(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.
SECTION 9.4. Trustee To Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment and the execution thereof is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
SECTION 9.5. Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
SECTION 9.6. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note of the same series that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note of the same series shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
SECTION 9.7. Payment for Consent . Neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of the Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders of the Notes and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.


37



ARTICLE X
The Guarantee
SECTION 10.1. Guarantee .
(a) Subject to section 10.4, the Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Obligations ”). The Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
(b) The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for non-payment. The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by: (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; except in accordance with the Security Documents; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.
(c) The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitute guarantees of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.
Subject to Section 10.4, the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
(d) Subject to Section 10.4, the Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).
(e) The Guarantor further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (ii) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of these Guarantee.
(f) The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1.

38



SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.
SECTION 10.3. Consideration . The Guarantor has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantee.
SECTION 10.4. Release of Guarantor .
(a) The Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture with respect to the Guarantee shall automatically, and without any need for any further action by any other Person, be released:
(1) in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, of interest, on the Notes;
(2) in whole, upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture;
(3) in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes as set forth in Article VIII;
(4) in whole or in part, as to any property or assets constituting Collateral owned by the Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;
(5) in whole or in part, with the consent of Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with Section 9.2;
(6) to the extent required in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents; and
(7) in whole, upon a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event;
provided, however , that in the case of any release in whole pursuant to Sections 10.4(a)(1), 10.4(a)(2) or 10.4(a)(3) above, all amounts owing to the Trustee with respect to the Notes have been paid or duly provided for.
(b) At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release; provided that with respect to Section 10.4(a)(7), the Trustee shall not require any certificates or opinions of counsel other than (i) delivery of the Officer's Certificate described in clause (1) of the definition of “Guarantee and Collateral Release Event” and (ii) delivery of an Officer's Certificate certifying that the conditions described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) of such definition have been satisfied.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 10.4(a) above, the Guarantee, but not the Liens on the Collateral shall be reinstated in the circumstances set forth under the “Guarantee and Collateral Release Event” definition.

ARTICLE XI
Security Documents
SECTION 11.1. Collateral and Security Documents .
(a) To secure the due and punctual payment of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Indenture (including the Guarantee) and the Notes, the Company, the Guarantor and the Collateral Agent have entered or shall enter into the Security Documents. The Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor hereby acknowledge and

39



agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Holders, the Trustee and the other holders of First Lien Obligations, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents.
(b) Each Holder, by accepting a Note and a Guarantee, agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Documents, as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent and the Trustee to execute and to perform their obligations and exercise their rights under the Security Documents in accordance with the terms thereof.
(c) As more fully set forth in, and subject to the provisions of, the Security Documents, the Holders and the Trustee, on behalf of such Holders, shall have rights in and to the Collateral which are equal and ratable with the rights of the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the other holders of First Lien Obligations.
(d) As among the Holders, the Collateral shall be held for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders without preference, priority or distinction of any thereof over any other.
SECTION 11.2. Continued Ownership of Collateral . Prior to, but not following, the occurrence of a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event, the Guarantor shall not sell, transfer, license, lease, abandon or fail to maintain or otherwise dispose of the Material Marks that it owns; provided that (1) the Guarantor shall continue to be permitted to license the Material Marks to its Subsidiaries and other Subsidiaries of the Company, (2) none of such Subsidiaries shall be permitted to further sublicense the Material Marks to persons or entities that are not Subsidiaries of the Company, (3) this restriction shall not apply to fair use licenses implied by law and/or contained in distribution agreements and (4) the Guarantor shall not be obligated to maintain a Material Mark if it has determined that such use or the pursuit or maintenance of such Material Mark is no longer desirable in the conduct of the Guarantor's business and that the loss thereof would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect.
SECTION 11.3. Release of Liens on the Collateral .
(a) The Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents shall automatically, and without any need for any further action by any other Person, be released with respect to the Notes and the Guarantee:
(1) in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, on the Notes;
(2) in whole, upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture;
(3) in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes as set forth in Article VIII;
(4) in whole or in part, as to any property or assets constituting Collateral owned by the Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;
(5) in whole or in part, with the consent of Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with Section 9.2;
(6) to the extent provided in the applicable provisions of the Security Documents; and
(7) in whole, upon a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event;
provided, however , that in the case of any release in whole pursuant to Sections 11.3(a)(1), 11.3(a)(2) or 11.3(a)(3) above, all amounts owing to the Trustee with respect to the Notes have been paid or duly provided for.
(b) Upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances set forth in Section 11.3(a), and delivery to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee shall as required pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement, give written direction to the Collateral Agent to release all the Collateral from the Lien of the Security Agreement, and shall direct the Collateral Agent to, promptly execute and deliver such documents and other instruments provided to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and make or authorize the making of such filings and registrations as may be reasonably requested by the Company to evidence the release and reconveyance to the Guarantor of the Collateral; provided that, with respect to the occurrence of the circumstances described in Section 11.3(a)(6), no further deliveries to the Trustee shall be required as a condition to the Trustee's delivery of such written direction to the Collateral Agent beyond those required in the Security

40



Documents and, with respect to the occurrence of the circumstance described in Section 11.3(a)(7), the Trustee shall not require any certificates or opinions of counsel as a condition to the Trustee's delivery of such written direction to the Collateral Agent other than (i) delivery of the Officer's Certificate described in clause (1) of the definition of “Guarantee and Collateral Release Event” and (ii) delivery of an Officer's Certificate certifying that the conditions described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) of such definition have been satisfied.
(c) Notwithstanding the covenant set forth under Section 4.4 and the conditions of Section 10.4, the Liens on the Collateral shall not be reinstated following a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event, even if the Guarantee is reinstated as contemplated by the definition of “Guarantee and Collateral Release Event.”
SECTION 11.4. Impairment of Security Interest . Prior to, but not following, the occurrence of a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event, the Company and the Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, knowingly take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action or omission that might or would have the result of materially impairing the Lien with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents.
SECTION 11.5. Further Assurances . Prior to, but not following, the occurrence of a Guarantee and Collateral Release Event, the Company and the Guarantor shall, at their expense, promptly execute and deliver such documents and instruments and take such other actions which may be required under applicable law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to create and/or maintain the validity, recordation or perfection of, to protect any Lien granted or purported to be granted under the Security Documents or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies under the Security Documents with respect to any Collateral in the United States and the Material Foreign Jurisdictions.
SECTION 11.6. Foreclosure . At any time during any Remedy Period, the Security Documents shall provide for, among other available remedies, foreclosure upon and sale of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent and the distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale to the Holders and the lenders under the Credit Agreement and any other First Lien Obligations on a pro rata basis, subject to any prior Liens on the Collateral.
SECTION 11.7. Determinations Relating to Collateral . In the event (a) the Trustee shall receive any written request from the Company, the Guarantor or the Collateral Agent under any Security Document for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to the Collateral or the Company's or the Guarantor's obligations with respect thereto or (b) there shall be due to or from the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under the provisions of any Security Document any material performance or the delivery of any material instrument or (c) the Trustee shall become aware of any material non-performance by the Company or the Guarantor of any covenant or any material breach of any representation or warranty of the Company or the Guarantor set forth in any Security Document, then, in each such event, the Trustee shall be entitled to hire, at the sole reasonable cost and expense of the Company, experts, consultants, agents and attorneys to advise the Trustee on the manner in which the Trustee should respond, or direct the Collateral Agent to respond, to such request or render any requested performance or response to such non-performance or breach. The Trustee shall be fully protected in accordance with Article VII hereof in the taking of any action with respect to the Notes recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney and by indemnification provided in accordance with Section 6.12 and other sections of this Indenture if such action is agreed to by Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.12 and, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, prior to taking such action if such action could subject it to environmental liabilities or taxation, require (1) direction from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes in accordance with Section 6.12 hereof and (2) indemnification in accordance with Section 6.12.
SECTION11.8. Control over Common Collateral and Enforcement of Liens . The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Collateral during any Remedy Period under this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Security Documents.
SECTION 11.9. Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents .
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and unless otherwise expressly provided herein or therein, each of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, and shall, at the direction of a majority of the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (i) enforce any of its rights or any of the rights of the Holders under the Security Documents and (ii) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Collateral in respect

41



of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor hereunder and thereunder. Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall have the power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interest and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).
(b) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Guarantor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for recording, filing, re-recording or refiling any financing statement, continuation statement, document, instrument or other notice in any public office at any time or times or to otherwise take any action to perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest granted to it under the Security Documents or otherwise.
ARTICLE XII
Miscellaneous
SECTION 12.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls . Subsequent to any qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.
SECTION 12.2. Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company or the Guarantor:
Tupperware Brands Corporation
14901 South Orange Blossom Trail
Orlando, Florida 32837
Facsimile Number: (407) 826-4555
Attention: Mike Poteshman, Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
7000 Central Parkway, Suite 500
Atlanta, Georgia 30328
Facsimile Number: (770) 551-5118
Attention: Stefan Victory
Any notices between the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may be by email, facsimile or certified first class mail, receipt confirmed and the original to follow by guaranteed overnight courier. The Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder's address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its

42



sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.
SECTION 12.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders . Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 12.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Except as otherwise provided herein, upon any request or application by the Company or the Guarantor to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
(i) an Officer's Certificate of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(ii) an Opinion of Counsel of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.
SECTION 12.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . The certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 12.6. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 12.7. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE (BUT, FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, NOT INCLUDING THE HOLDERS OF THE NOTES), HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, to the FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
SECTION12.8. No Recourse Against Others . A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company or the Guarantor), as such, of the Company or the Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
SECTION 12.9. Successors . All agreements of the Company and the Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
SECTION 12.10. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each

43



signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
SECTION 12.11. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 12.12. U.S.A. Patriot Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions, and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they shall provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
        


44



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION,
as Issuer


By /s/ Edward R. Davis, III             
Name: Edward R. Davis III            
Title: Vice President and Treasurer        


DART INDUSTRIES INC.,
as Guarantor


By /s/ Edward R. Davis, III             
Name: Edward R. Davis III            
Title: Vice President and Treasurer        


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee


By /s/ Stefan Victory                 
Name: Stefan Victory                
Title: Vice President                


    












45



EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]

[Applicable Restricted Securities Legend]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]

TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION
4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
No. __
Principal Amount $______________
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)
 
 
 
CUSIP NO.899896AA2 (Rule 144A)
U87375AA6 (Regulation S)
 
ISIN NO.US899896AA26 (Rule 144A)
USU87375AA62 (Regulation S)
Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to _____________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on June 1, 2021.
Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2011 [ alternative, if applicable - first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 of each year.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

A-1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION has caused this Note to be duly executed.
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION


By_________________________________________
Name:
Title:




TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By_____________________________    
Authorized Signatory

Dated: ________ ___, 20__

A-2



[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
1.
Interest
Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 4.750% per annum; provided , however , that, upon the occurrence of a Registration Default as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, pay Additional Interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following a Registration Default and an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 0.50% per annum, for a period not to exceed a one-year period. Such Additional Interest shall be payable in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to this Note.
The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing on December 1, 2011 [ alternative, if applicable -first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from June 2, 2011 [ alternative, if applicable -date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2.
Method of Payment
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal of and premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal of and premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.

A-3



3.
Paying Agent and Registrar
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
4.
Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 2, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and any Subsidiary to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and on the ability of the Company to enter into mergers and consolidations.
The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5.
Optional Redemption
The Company may redeem this Note at any time, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date: (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed; and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest. In determining the present values of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments shall be discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.30%, plus accrued interest thereon to the redemption date (the “ Make-Whole Amount ”); provided that if the Company redeems any Notes on or after March 1, 2021 (three months prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes), the redemption price for those Notes shall equal 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued interest therein to the redemption date.

A-4



If notice has been given as provided in the Indenture and funds for the redemption of this Note or any part thereof called for redemption shall have been made available on the redemption date, this Note or such part thereof shall cease to bear interest on the redemption date referred to in such notice and the only right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the redemption price. Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes shall be given to the Holder hereof (in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the redemption date. The notice of redemption shall specify, among other things, the redemption price and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Note shall be issued by the Company in the name of the Holder hereof upon the presentation and surrender hereof.
Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all such quotations.
Independent Investment Banker ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.
Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (1) each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (or their respective affiliates that are primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City (each, a “Primary Treasury Dealer”)), a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and their respective successors and (2) one other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Company after consultation with the Independent Investment Banker.; provided , however , that, if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Company of the bid and asked prices for the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to actual or interpolated maturity (on a day count basis)

A-5



of the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for such Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
6.
Change of Control Offer
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Article III, the Company shall be required to make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or, at the Holder's option, any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder's Notes on the terms set forth in the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of repurchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company's option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, a notice shall be mailed to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction or transactions that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
In order to accept the Change of Control Offer, the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, this Note together with the form entitled “Election Form” (which form is annexed as Exhibit E to the Indenture) duly completed, or a facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company in the United States setting forth:
(i) the name of the Holder of this Note;
(ii) the principal amount of this Note;
(iii) the principal amount of this Note to be repurchased;
(iv) the certificate number or a description of the tenor and terms of this Note;
(v) a statement that the Holder is accepting the Change of Control Offer; and
(vi) a guarantee that this Note, together with the form entitled “Election Form” duly completed, shall be received by the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

A-6



Any exercise by a Holder of its election to accept the Change of Control Offer shall be irrevocable. The Change of Control Offer may be accepted for less than the entire principal amount of this Note, but in that event the principal amount of this Note remaining outstanding after repurchase must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased by the Company.
The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as possible after the Change of Control Payment Date

The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event. In addition, the Company shall not purchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default, other than a Default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.
At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for repurchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officer's Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer have been complied with.
The Company and the Guarantor shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes,

A-7



the Company and the Guarantor shall comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes by virtue of any such conflict.
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company's assets and the assets of the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more persons (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company's outstanding Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company's Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; (3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person or any such person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such case pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Company's outstanding Voting Stock or the Voting Stock of such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which shares of the Company's Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company's board of directors are not Continuing Directors; or (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the Company's liquidation or dissolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (a) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company ( i.e. , a parent company) and (b)(1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company's Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company; provided that any series of related transactions will be treated as a single transaction. The term “person,” as used in this definition, has the meaning given thereto in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.
Continuing Director means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Company's board of directors who (1) was a member of such board of directors on the Issue Date or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to such board of directors with the approval (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company's proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination) of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment.
Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Ltd., or any successor thereto.

A-8




Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.
Moody's ” means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
Rating Event ” means the rating on the Notes is lowered independently by each of the Rating Agencies and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day during the period commencing on the earlier of the date of the first public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company's intention to effect a Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies).
Rating Agencies ” means each of Moody's and S&P and, if either of Moody's or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company's control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, reasonably selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company's board of directors) as a replacement agency for Moody's or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if Fitch commences a rating of the Notes, then Fitch shall also be deemed to be a Rating Agency.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor thereto.
Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the capital stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors or equivalent body of such person.
7.
Registration Rights
The Company is party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers named therein, pursuant to which it is obligated to pay Additional Interest upon the occurrence of a Registration Default specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.
8.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.

A-9



9.
Persons Deemed Owners
The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
10.
Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
11.
Defeasance
Certain of the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes may be terminated if the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all such Notes, as provided in the Indenture.
12.
Amendment, Waiver
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, and, as applicable, the Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures, amendments or waivers for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Note, the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Security Documents or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby, no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things: (i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in the Indenture; (v) make any change in provisions of the Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; (vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee; (vii) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or (viii) make any change to Section 9.1 or 9.2 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may: (i) modify any Security Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with Security Documents in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or (ii) otherwise release the Collateral other than in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents.

A-10



The Indenture also permits the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and, as applicable, the Collateral Agent to enter into one or more supplemental indentures, amendments or waivers, without the consent of any Holders of the Notes: (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; (v) to conform the terms of the Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of the Notes,” as set forth in the Offering Memorandum; (vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company's or the Guarantor's obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof; (vii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there shall be no registration rights), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; (viii) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; (ix) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; (x) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to add additional assets to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect to the Notes, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company's covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor) or, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or (xii) release the Guarantee (or any additional guarantees) and the Collateral (or any additional collateral) in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Security Documents, as the case may be; or (xiii) supplement any provision of the Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (i) in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
13.
Defaults and Remedies
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or the Guarantor are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

A-11



Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
14.
No Recourse Against Others
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or the interest, if any, on this Note, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in the Indenture, against any incorporator, limited partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer or employee, as such, past, present of future, of the Company, of the Guarantor or of any successor entity to the Company or the Guarantor, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this Note.
15.
Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
16.
Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
17.
[ CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
The Co mpany has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [ For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers. ]
18.
Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

A-12



ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee's Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ____________________    Your Signature: ___________________
Signature Guarantee: ______________________________
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
(1)
to the Company; or
(2)
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person it reasonably believes is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
(3)
pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
(4)
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
(5)
pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee may refuse to register any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder

A-13



thereof; provided , however , that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 
_____________________________________
Signature
 
 
Signature Guarantee:
 
_______________________________
_____________________________________
Signature
(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other
signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
 

__________________________________________________________________


A-14



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
 
 
 
 
Dated:___________________
_____________________________________
NOTICE:To be executed by an executive officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Guarantee:

________________________
_____________________________________
Signature
(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other
signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
 
__________________________________________________________________

A-15



[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
Date of Exchange
Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note
Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note
Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase
Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Securities Custodian
_______
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________





        






A-16



EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION
4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
No. __
Principal Amount $______________
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)
 
 
 
CUSIP NO.
 
ISIN NO.
Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to _______________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of _____________ Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on June 1, 2021.
Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2011 [ alternative, if applicable- first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 of each year.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

B-1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION has caused this Note to be duly executed.
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION


By_________________________________________
Name:
Title:


TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By_____________________________    
Authorized Signatory
Dated: ________ ___, 201__

B-2



[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
1.
Interest
Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 4.750% per annum.
The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing on December 1, 2011 [ alternative, if applicable -first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from June 2, 2011 [ alternative, if applicable -date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2.
Method of Payment
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal of and premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal of and premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.
3.
Paying Agent and Registrar
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.

B-3



4.
Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 2, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and any Subsidiary to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and on the ability of the Company to enter into mergers and consolidations.
The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5.
Optional Redemption
The Company may redeem this Note at any time, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date: (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed; and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest. In determining the present values of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments shall be discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.30%, plus accrued interest thereon to the redemption date (the “ Make-Whole Amount ”); provided that if the Company redeems any Notes on or after March 1, 2021 (three months prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes), the redemption price for those Notes shall equal 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued interest therein to the redemption date.
If notice has been given as provided in the Indenture and funds for the redemption of this Note or any part thereof called for redemption shall have been made available on the redemption date, this Note or such part thereof shall cease to bear interest on the redemption date referred to in such notice and the only right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the redemption price. Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes shall be given to the Holder hereof (in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), not more than 60 nor less than 30

B-4



days prior to the redemption date. The notice of redemption shall specify, among other things, the redemption price and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Note shall be issued by the Company in the name of the Holder hereof upon the presentation and surrender hereof.
Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all such quotations.
Independent Investment Banker ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.
Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (1) each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (or their respective affiliates that are primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City (each, a “Primary Treasury Dealer”)), a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and their respective successors and (2) one other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Company after consultation with the Independent Investment Banker.; provided , however , that, if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Company of the bid and asked prices for the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to actual or interpolated maturity (on a day count basis) of the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for such Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

B-5



6.
Change of Control Offer
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Article III, the Company shall be required to make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or, at the Holder's option, any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder's Notes on the terms set forth in the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of repurchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company's option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, a notice shall be mailed to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction or transactions that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
In order to accept the Change of Control Offer, the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, this Note together with the form entitled “Election Form” (which form is annexed as Exhibit E to the Indenture) duly completed, or a facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company in the United States setting forth:
(i) the name of the Holder of this Note;
(ii) the principal amount of this Note;
(iii) the principal amount of this Note to be repurchased;
(iv) the certificate number or a description of the tenor and terms of this Note;
(v) a statement that the Holder is accepting the Change of Control Offer; and
(vi) a guarantee that this Note, together with the form entitled “Election Form” duly completed, shall be received by the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
Any exercise by a Holder of its election to accept the Change of Control Offer shall be irrevocable. The Change of Control Offer may be accepted for less than the entire principal amount of this Note, but in that event the principal amount of this Note remaining

B-6



outstanding after repurchase must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased by the Company.
The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as possible after the Change of Control Payment Date.
The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event. In addition, the Company shall not purchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default, other than a Default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.
At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for repurchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officer's Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer have been complied with.
The Company and the Guarantor shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company and the Guarantor shall comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall

B-7



not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes by virtue of any such conflict.
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company's assets and the assets of the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more persons (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company's outstanding Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company's Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; (3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person or any such person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such case pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Company's outstanding Voting Stock or the Voting Stock of such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which shares of the Company's Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company's board of directors are not Continuing Directors; or (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the Company's liquidation or dissolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (a) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company ( i.e. , a parent company) and (b)(1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company's Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company; provided that any series of related transactions will be treated as a single transaction. The term “person,” as used in this definition, has the meaning given thereto in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.
Continuing Director means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Company's board of directors who (1) was a member of such board of directors on the Issue Date or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to such board of directors with the approval (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company's proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination) of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment.
Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Ltd., or any successor thereto.

B-8



Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.
Moody's ” means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
Rating Event ” means the rating on the Notes is lowered independently by each of the Rating Agencies and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day during the period commencing on the earlier of the date of the first public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company's intention to effect a Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies).
Rating Agencies ” means each of Moody's and S&P and, if either of Moody's or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company's control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, reasonably selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company's board of directors) as a replacement agency for Moody's or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if Fitch commences a rating of the Notes, then Fitch shall also be deemed to be a Rating Agency.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor thereto.
Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the capital stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors or equivalent body of such person.
7.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
8.
Persons Deemed Owners
The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

B-9



9.
Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
10.
Defeasance
Certain of the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes may be terminated if the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all such Notes, as provided in the Indenture.
11.
Amendment, Waiver
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, and, as applicable, the Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures, amendments or waivers for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Note, the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Security Documents or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby, no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things: (i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in the Indenture; (v) make any change in provisions of the Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; (vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee; (vii) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or (viii) make any change to Section 9.1 or 9.2 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may: (i) modify any Security Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with Security Documents in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or (ii) otherwise release the Collateral other than in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents.
The Indenture also permits the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and, as applicable, the Collateral Agent to enter into one or more supplemental indentures, amendments or waivers, without the consent of any Holders of the Notes: (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake,

B-10



defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; (v) to conform the terms of the Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of the Notes,” as set forth in the Offering Memorandum; (vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company's or the Guarantor's obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof; (vii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there shall be no registration rights), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; (viii) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; (ix) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; (x) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to add additional assets to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect to the Notes, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company's covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor) or, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or (xii) release the Guarantee (or any additional guarantees) and the Collateral (or any additional collateral) in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Security Documents, as the case may be; or (xiii) supplement any provision of the Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
12.
Defaults and Remedies
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or the Guarantor are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives

B-11



reasonable indemnity. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
13.
No Recourse Against Others
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or the interest, if any, on this Note, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in the Indenture, against any incorporator, limited partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer or employee, as such, past, present of future, of the Company, of the Guarantor or of any successor entity to the Company or of the Guarantor, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this Note.
14.
Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
15.
Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
16.
[ CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [ For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers. ]
17.
Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

B-12



ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee's Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ____________________    Your Signature: ______________________
Signature Guarantee: ______________________________
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.C-3
        






B-13



EXHIBIT C - Form of
Regulation S Certificate

REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(a), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
To:    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
[Wells Fargo Bank - DAPS Reorg
MAC NT303-121
608 2 nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Atlanta, Georgia 30328]

Re:Tupperware Brands Corporation - 4.750% Senior Notes
due 2021 (the “ Notes ”)
Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Tupperware Brands Corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) are used herein as so defined.
This certificate relates to US$________ principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “ Specified Notes ”):
CUSIP No(s). [_______________]
CERTIFICATE No(s). ___________________
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the “ undersigned ”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “ Owner ”. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.

C-1




The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “ Transferee ”) who shall take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as follows:
1. Rule 903 or 904 Transfers . If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 903 or 904:
(a) the Owner is not a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Company or of any such distributor or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing;
(b) the offer of the Specified Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(c) either:
(i) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States, or
(ii) the transaction is being executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) and neither the Owner nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(d) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by or on behalf of the Owner or any affiliate thereof;
(e) if the Owner is a dealer in Notes or has received a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Specified Notes, and the transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period, then the requirements of Rule 904(c)(1) have been satisfied; and
(f) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
1. Rule 144 Transfers . If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144, the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144.

C-2



This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
Dated:        
(Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)
By:                            
Name:
Title:
(If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf of the undersigned must be stated)

    





C-3



EXHIBIT D - Form of
Rule 144A Certificate

        


RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
To: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
[Wells Fargo Bank - DAPS Reorg
MAC NT303-121
608 2 nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com ]

Re:    Tupperware Brands Corporation - 4.750% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”)

Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Tupperware Brands Corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) are used herein as so defined.
This certificate relates to US$________ principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “ Specified Notes ”):
CUSIP No(s). [______________]
CERTIFICATE No(s). ____________________
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the “ undersigned ”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “ Owner ”. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “ Transferee ”) who shall take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as:

D-1



1.     Rule 144A Transfers . If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A:
(a)    the Specified Notes are being transferred to a person that the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, acquiring for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer; and
(b)    the Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Owner is relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transfer; and
2.     Rule 144 Transfers . If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144, the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
Dated:        
(Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)
By:                            
Name:
Title:
(If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf of the undersigned must be stated)


        
    






    

D-2



EXHIBIT E

ELECTION FORM

TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE HOLDER
ELECTS TO ACCEPT THE CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER

____________________

The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repurchase the relevant Note (or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the Change of Control Offer, for the Change of Control Payment specified in the within Note, to the undersigned, ________________________________________________________________, at ___________________________________________________________ (please print or typewrite name and address of the undersigned).
For this election to accept the Change of Control Offer to be effective, the Company must receive, at the address of the Paying Agent set forth below or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holder of the relevant Note, either (i) this Note with this “Election Form” form duly completed, or (ii) a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or a trust company in the United States setting forth (a) the name of the Holder of the Note, (b) the principal amount of the Note, (c) the principal amount of the Note to be repurchased, (d) the certificate number or description of the tenor and terms of the Note, (e) a statement that the option to elect repurchase is being exercised, and (f) a guarantee stating that the Note to be repurchased, together with this “Election Form” duly completed shall be received by the Paying Agent five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. The address of the Paying Agent is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, [Wells Fargo Bank - DAPS Reorg, MAC NT303-121, 608 2 nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55479, telephone: (877) 872-4605, fax: (866) 969-1290 and email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com .]

If less than the entire principal amount of the relevant Note is to be repurchased, specify the portion thereof (which principal amount must be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) which the Holder elects to have repurchased: $__________.



______________________________
Name:
Address:
Telephone Number:
Date: _________________________



EXHIBIT F
INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
The undersigned, ____________, being the ____________ of ____________ (the “Company”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Company as set forth in the adjacent right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the far right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of ___________, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.


Name
Title
Signature
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the ____ day of ________, 20__.

_______________________________    
Name:
Title:




REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2011 (the “Agreement”) among Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Dart Industries Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”) , HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.(“HSBC”), Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“Wells Fargo”) and other initial purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”).

The Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated May 25, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 4.750% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Securities”), which will be guaranteed on a secured senior basis by the Guarantor. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.      Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and also includes the Company's successor or successors.

“EDGAR” means the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System or similar system.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Exchange Dates” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

“Exchange Offer” means the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantor of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.


1



“Exchange Offer Registration” means a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Exchange Securities” means 4.750% Senior Notes due 2021 issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantor under the Indenture (or an indenture identical to the Indenture, other than such changes as are necessary to comply with the requirements of the SEC to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the Trust Indenture Act) containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee of the Securities and Exchange Securities by the Guarantor set forth in the Indenture.

“Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and also includes the Guarantor's successors

“Holders” means the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; U provided U that, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

“HSBC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

“Indemnifying Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
 
“Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of June 2, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee,

2



and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, relating to the Securities and the Guarantee.

“Initial Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Inspector” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.
“Issuer Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

“J.P. Morgan” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Majority Holders” means the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; U provided U that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and U provided U , U further U , that, if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

“Participating Broker-Dealers” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Participating Holder” means any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all

3



other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Registrable Securities” means the Securities; U provided U that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest of (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding and (iii) June 2, 2014 (being the third anniversary of this Agreement), provided that such date shall be extended by the number of days of any permitted extension pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof.

“Registration Default” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC prior to or on November 29, 2011, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) hereof, is not filed with the SEC prior to or on November 29, 2011, (iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) hereof, the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby is not filed with the SEC prior to or on the later of (a) November 29, 2011, and (b) 30 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, (iv) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not become effective prior to or on December 29, 2011, (v) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective prior to or on December 29, 2011, (vi) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) hereof, the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) December 29, 2011 and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, (vii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 45 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, (viii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter, on more than two occasions of not more than 45 days in any 12-month period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, or (ix) the Exchange Offer is not completed prior to or on February 27, 2012.

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with

4



compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue
sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration” means a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.


5



“Shelf Registration Statement” means a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor that covers all or a portion of the Registrable
Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Shelf Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Staff” means the staff of the SEC.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

“Trustee” means the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

“Underwriter” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

“Underwritten Offering” means an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

“Wells Fargo” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the “Securities”, the “Exchange Securities” or the “Registrable Securities” shall be deemed to include the related Guarantee of such Securities by the Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture, except where otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires; provided, however, that, if a “Guarantee and Collateral Release Event” (as defined in the Indenture) occurs, then (except during any periods in which the Guarantee has been reinstated pursuant to the Indenture) the Guarantee shall thereafter not be deemed to be included in the “Securities,” the “Exchange Securities” or the “Registrable Securities” and the Guarantor shall have no obligations hereunder.

2.      Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) prior to or on November 29, 2011, cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities, (ii) prior to or on December 29, 2011, cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act and (iii) have such Exchange Offer Registration Statement remain

6



effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers (or such shorter period during which such Participating Broker-Dealers, any Holders or other persons are required by applicable law to deliver a Prospectus). The Company and the Guarantor shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.
  
The Company and the Guarantor shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

(i)
that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

(ii)
the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);

(iii)
that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

(iv)
that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v)
that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required, to the extent requested by the Company, to represent in writing to the

7



Company and the Guarantor that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or the Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

(i)
accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii)
deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

(b)      In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantor determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by February 27, 2012, or (iii) the Company receives a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing, in its reasonable judgment based on advice of counsel (which may be internal or external counsel), that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination date or receipt of such Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf

8



Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; U provided that such Shelf Request must be made no later than the date that is 180 days after the completion of the Exchange Offer, if the Exchange Offer has been completed; and provided , further , that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof, and if any Holder fails to deliver a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire or provide such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof, in each case within a reasonable time (which time in no event shall exceed 30 days), then the Company may exclude such Holder's Registrable Securities from such Shelf Registration Statement and, unless and until such Holder delivers a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire or provides such other information, such Holder shall not be entitled to any additional interest provided for under Section 2(d) hereof. Each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not materially misleading.

In the event that the Company and the Guarantor are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) above, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company and the Guarantor agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Company and the Guarantor further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company or the Guarantor for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable; provided that

9



each Holder and Participating Broker-Dealer agrees with the Company that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or use or refer to, any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433 under the Securities Act in connection with the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities without the prior written consent of the Company and, in connection with any Underwritten Offering, the underwriters. The Company and the Guarantor agree to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c)      The Company and the Guarantor shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay any underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d)      An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 0.50% per annum. A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is filed, (2) in case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement is filed, (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective, (4) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (v) or (vi) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, (5) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (vii) or clause (viii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable, or (6) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ix) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date on which there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such

10



Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default.

(e)      Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof (it being understood that the additional interest provided for in Section 2(d) upon a Registration Default shall constitute the sole monetary remedy for breach by the Company and the Guarantor of their obligations under Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof, but that such monetary remedy shall not in any way limit or restrict the specific enforcement rights of the Initial Purchasers or the Holders provided in this Section 2(e)).

3.      Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall use reasonable best efforts to:

(i)      prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantor, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii)      prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(iii)      to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company or the

11



Guarantor with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

(iv)      in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(v)      register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; U provided U that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(vi)      notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holder promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a

12



Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company or the Guarantor of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or the Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event known to the Company or of which the Company reasonably should be aware during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) and (6) of any determination by the Company or the Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vii)      to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing, as promptly as practicable, an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form and provide immediate notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(viii)      in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(ix)      in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;


13



(x)      upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantor shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company and the Guarantor have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

(xi)      in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel and the Participating Holders and their counsel and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantor as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel or the Participating Holders or their counsel available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantor shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel and the Participating Holders and their counsel shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel or the Participating Holders or their counsel shall object in writing.

(xii)      obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a

14



Registration Statement;

(xiii)      cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiv)      in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries as shall be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantor to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; U provided U that, if any such information is identified by the Company or the Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information, including agreeing in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information, to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter (including, without limitation, the ability of such Person to establish any defense in connection with any suit, action or proceeding relating thereto);

(xv)      in the case of a Shelf Registration, cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or the Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements; and

(xvi)      if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the

15



Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(xvii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantor (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company and the Guarantor (and, if necessary, any other independent registered public accounting firm of any subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or the Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

(b)      In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantor may from time to time reasonably request in writing.


16



(c)      Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantor of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantor, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantor all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder's possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(d)      If the Company and the Guarantor shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantor may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 45 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

(e)      The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, provided, however, that such investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(f)      No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any Underwritten Offering unless such Holder (i) agrees to sell such Holder's Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting agreements and (ii) completes and executes any customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
    
4.      Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading

17



activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company and the Guarantor understand that it is the Staff's position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b)      In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantor further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c)      The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, the Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

5.      U Indemnification and Contribution U . (a) The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to

18



make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through J.P. Morgan, HSBC, Wells Fargo or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

(b)      Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, their respective affiliates, the directors of the Company and the Guarantor, each officer of the Company and the Guarantor who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantor, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in Section 5(a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.
    
(c)      If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either Section 5(a) or 5(b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; U provided U that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and U provided U ,

19



U further U , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing jointly by J.P. Morgan, HSBC and Wells Fargo (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemni-fied Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or

20



threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d)      If the indemnification provided for in Section 5(a) and 5(b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantor or by the Holders and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e)      The Company, the Guarantor and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by U pro U U rata U allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 5(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 5(d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder

21



exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f)      The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g)      The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective affiliates or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantor, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6.      U General U .

(a)      No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantor represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or the Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor the Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b)      Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantor have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; U provided U that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

22




(c)      Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantor, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d)      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; U provided U that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantor with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e)      Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.


23



(f)      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g)      Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h)      Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(i)      Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.


24



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION


By: /s/ Edward R. Davis III             
Name: Edward R. Davis III             
Title: Vice President and Treasurer     


DART INDUSTRIES INC.


By: /s/ Edward R. Davis III             
Name: Edward R. Davis III             
Title: Vice President and Treasurer     





25



Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

For itself and on behalf of the
several Initial Purchasers


By /s/ Maria Sramek             
Name: Maria Sramek         
Title:      Executive Director         


HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.


By /s/ Diane M. Kenna             
Name: Diane M. Kenna         
Title:      Senior Vice President     


WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC


By /s/ Carolyn Coan Hurley         
Name: Carolyn Coan Hurley     
Title:      Director             


On behalf of the
several Initial Purchasers


26
EXECUTION VERSION
 
 
 
 
 


$450,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT


dated as of


June 2, 2011
among
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION,
as the Borrower,
TUPPERWARE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS B.V.
as the Subsidiary Borrower,

The Lenders Party Hereto,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agent and Joint Lead Arranger
and
BNP PARIBAS, CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK and MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD,
as Co-Documentation Agents
 
 
 
 
 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP., CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD,
as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers






TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
 
 
SECTION 1.01.
Defined Terms
SECTION 1.02.
Classification of Loans and Borrowings
SECTION 1.03.
Terms Generally
SECTION 1.04.
Accounting Terms; GAAP
SECTION 1.05.
Foreign Currency Calculations
 
 
 
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
 
 
 
SECTION 2.01.
Revolving Commitments
SECTION 2.02.
Loans and Borrowings
SECTION 2.03.
Requests for Revolving Borrowings
SECTION 2.04.
[Intentionally Omitted]
SECTION 2.05.
Swingline Loans
SECTION 2.06.
Letters of Credit
SECTION 2.07.
Funding of Borrowings
SECTION 2.08.
Interest Elections
SECTION 2.09.
Termination, Reduction and Increase of Revolving Commitments
SECTION 2.10.
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt
SECTION 2.11.
Prepayment of Loans
SECTION 2.12.
Fees
SECTION 2.13.
Interest
SECTION 2.14.
Alternate Rate of Interest
SECTION 2.15.
Increased Costs
SECTION 2.16.
Break Funding Payments
SECTION 2.17.
Taxes
SECTION 2.18.
Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs
SECTION 2.19.
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
SECTION 2.20.
Additional Reserve Costs
SECTION 2.21.
Defaulting Lenders
 
 
 
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
 
 
SECTION 3.01.
Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
SECTION 3.02.
Authorization; No Contravention
SECTION 3.03.
Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
SECTION 3.04.
Binding Effect
SECTION 3.05.
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
SECTION 3.06.
Litigation
SECTION 3.07.
No Default
SECTION 3.08.
Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments
SECTION 3.09.
Environmental Compliance

i

SECTION 3.10.
Insurance
SECTION 3.11.
Taxes
SECTION 3.12.
ERISA Compliance
SECTION 3.13.
Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties
SECTION 3.14.
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
SECTION 3.15.
Disclosure
SECTION 3.16.
Compliance with Laws
SECTION 3.17.
Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc
SECTION 3.18.
Solvency
SECTION 3.19.
OFAC
SECTION 3.20.
Patriot Act
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS
 
 
 
SECTION 4.01.
Effective Date
SECTION 4.02.
Each Credit Event
 
 
 
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
 
 
 
SECTION 5.01.
Financial Statements
SECTION 5.02.
Certificates; Other Information
SECTION 5.03.
Notices
SECTION 5.04.
Payment of Obligations
SECTION 5.05.
Preservation of Existence, Etc.
SECTION 5.06.
Maintenance of Properties
SECTION 5.07.
Maintenance of Insurance
SECTION 5.08.
Compliance with Laws
SECTION 5.09.
Books and Records
SECTION 5.10.
Inspection Rights
SECTION 5.11.
Use of Proceeds
SECTION 5.12.
Compliance with Environmental Laws
SECTION 5.13.
Preparation of Environmental Reports
SECTION 5.14.
Compliance with Material Contracts
SECTION 5.15.
Dart
SECTION 5.16.
Further Assurances
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
 
 
 
SECTION 6.01.
Liens
SECTION 6.02.
Subsidiary Debt
SECTION 6.03.
Fundamental Changes
SECTION 6.04.
Dispositions
SECTION 6.05.
Change in Nature of Business
SECTION 6.06.
Use of Proceeds
SECTION 6.07.
Financial Covenants
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
 
 
SECTION 7.01.
Events of Default

ii

SECTION 7.02.
Application of Funds
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
 
 
 
SECTION 9.01.
Notices
SECTION 9.02.
Waivers; Amendments
SECTION 9.03.
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
SECTION 9.04.
Successors and Assigns
SECTION 9.05.
Survival
SECTION 9.06.
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
SECTION 9.07.
Severability
SECTION 9.08.
Right of Setoff
SECTION 9.09.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
SECTION 9.10.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
SECTION 9.11.
Headings
SECTION 9.12.
Confidentiality
SECTION 9.13.
Interest Rate Limitation
SECTION 9.14.
USA PATRIOT Act
SECTION 9.15.
Conversion of Currencies
SCHEDULES:
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule 1.01
--
Pricing Schedule
Schedule 1.01(a)
--
Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 2.01
--
Revolving Commitments
Schedule 3.03
--
Government Authorizations and Other Consents
Schedule 3.05
--
Material Indebtedness
Schedule 3.08
--
Existing Liens
Schedule 3.11
--
Tax Sharing Agreements
Schedule 3.13
--
Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments; Loan Parties

EXHIBITS:
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit A
--
Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B
--
Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C-1
--
Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (for Non-U.S. Lenders or Participants that are Not Partnerships)
Exhibit C-2
--
Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (for Non-U.S. Lenders or Participants that are Partnerships)
Exhibit D
--
Mandatory Costs Rate

iii

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 2, 2011, among TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, TUPPERWARE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands, the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan is, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14 .
Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.
Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affected Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21 .
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person.
Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.
Agreement Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(b) .

1


Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters BBA Libor Rates Page 3750 (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.
Applicable Borrower ” means, with respect to any Loan or other amount owing hereunder or any matter pertaining to such Loan or other amount, whichever of the Borrowers is the primary obligor on such Loan or other amount and, with respect to any Letter of Credit, whichever of the Borrowers is the account party with respect thereto.
Applicable Creditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(b) .
Applicable Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(h) .
Applicable Lending Installation ” has the meaning set forth in in Section 2.02(e) .
Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to the Revolving Commitment of any Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.21 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any Loan or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, the applicable rate per annum set forth on Schedule 1.01 opposite the caption “Eurocurrency Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio.
Approved Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c) .
Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04 ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

2


Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease and (c) all Synthetic Debt of such Person.
Audited Financial Statements ” means, collectively, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its then Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its then Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
Borrower ” means Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Borrowers ” means the Borrower and the Subsidiary Borrower.
Borrowing ” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date to the same Applicable Borrower and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swingline Loan.
Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 .

3


Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency, the term “Business Day” shall also mean any day on which banks are generally open in London for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities or for the sale and purchase of Euros which is also a day on which the TARGET (Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer) payment system is open for settlement of payment in Euros.
Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.
Cash Collateralize ” means, with respect to any Obligations related to Letters of Credit, to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).
Cash Distributions ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, all dividends and other distributions on any of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Person, all purchases, redemptions, retirements, defeasances or other acquisitions of any of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Person and all returns of capital to the stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent persons) of such Person, in each case to the extent paid in cash by or on behalf of such Person during such period.
CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.
Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rules, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

4


Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:
(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d 3 and 13d 5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “ option right ”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);
(b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or
(c) any “Change of Control” shall occur under (and as defined in) the Senior Indenture.
Charges ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13 .
Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
Collateral Agent ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Lenders and the holders of the Senior Notes under the Security Agreement.
Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B , including, among other things, a determination as to the compliance with the covenants set forth in Article VI , and Section 6.07 in particular, calculation under any definitions used in financial ratios.

5


Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Measurement Period (or other specified period), an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period (or other specified period) plus , without duplication, (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges; (ii) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable (including franchise and similar taxes based on net income); (iii) depreciation and amortization expense; (iv) extraordinary, unusual or non recurring non-cash charges, expenses or losses (including, without duplication, non-cash reengineering and impairment charges, write-off of goodwill and intangibles, and write-off of deferred costs incurred in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and related interest rate swap terminations), non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances; (v) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142; (vi) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from any employee benefit plans, post-employment benefit plans, deferred stock compensation plan or grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and (vii) non-cash losses or expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; in each case, of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period (or other specified period), and minus , without duplication, (b) (i) to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits; (ii) any amounts paid or payable in cash in any fiscal period during such Measurement Period (or such other specified period) in respect of any non-cash charges, expenses or losses taken in any prior fiscal period (regardless of whether in such Measurement Period (or such other specified period)); and (iii) to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income, in each case of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period. For the avoidance of doubt, non-cash impairment charges of intangibles shall be disregarded in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA. For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any Measurement Period (or other specified period), (A) if at any time during such Measurement Period (or other specified period) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition (as defined below), the Consolidated EBITDA for such Measurement Period (or other specified period) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Measurement Period (or other specified period) or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Measurement Period (or other specified period) and (B) if during such Measurement Period (or other specified period) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition (as defined below), then, Consolidated EBITDA for such Measurement Period (or other specified period) shall be calculated after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto. As used in this definition, “ Material Acquisition ” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (x) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (y) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $15,000,000; and “ Material Disposition ” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that has a fair market value of, or yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in excess of $15,000,000.

6


Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum, in each case, without duplication, of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, (c) all outstanding reimbursement obligations in respect of drawings made under letters of credit (including standby and commercial letters of credit, but excluding cash-collateralized letters of credit to the extent such cash collateral is permitted under Section 6.01 ), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties and similar instruments, (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and any obligation in respect of an Employee Benefit Arrangement), (e) the capitalized amount of any Capitalized Lease that would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP and, in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease, (f) all Synthetic Debt, (g) all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (f) above of Persons other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (h) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer to the extent that the Borrower or such Subsidiary is legally liable therefor as a result of its ownership interest in such entity or is contractually liable therefor by operation of its charter or other governing documents, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary.
Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any Measurement Period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money, or Swap Contracts (excluding any impairment charge arising by reason of the refinancing of any Indebtedness), or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP and (b) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest in such measurement period in accordance with GAAP, in each case, of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Measurement Period to (b) the Consolidated Interest Charges for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period.
Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the then most recently completed Measurement Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period.

7


Consolidated Net Income ” means, at any date of determination, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period.
Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
Dart ” means Dart Industries Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
Dart Guaranty ” means the Guaranty dated as of the date hereof made by Dart in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Obligations of the Borrowers, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, examinership, court protection, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Specified Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Specified Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Specified Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Specified Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

8


Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or by way of merger or consolidation) of any property (including without limitation, the Equity Interests of a Subsidiary) of any Person by such Person.
Dollar Equivalent ” means, on any date of determination (a) with respect to any amount in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount in any Foreign Currency, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.05 using the Exchange Rate with respect to such Foreign Currency at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.
Dollars ” or “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.
Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ).
Employee Benefit Arrangement ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, practice or other arrangement providing benefits to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any beneficiary or dependent thereof that is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is obligated to contribute, including without limitation any employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (whether or not such plan is subject to ERISA) and any bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, vacation, stock purchase, stock option, restricted stock, severance, employment, change of control or fringe benefit plan, agreement, program or policy.
Environmental Action ” means any and all written claims, actions, suits, arbitrations, governmental inquiries, proceedings, investigations, demands, demand letters, liens, notices of non-compliance or violation, notices of liability or potential liability, consent orders or consent agreements relating in any way to, resulting from or based upon any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, or Environmental Permit, or relating to any Environmental Liability or the presence of or exposure to any Hazardous Materials.
Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

9


Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 or 430 of the Code).
ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA or routine claims for benefits, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.
Eurocurrency ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan is, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

10


Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII .
Exchange Rate ” means on any day, for purposes of determining the Dollar Equivalent of any currency other than Dollars, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into Dollars at 11:00 a.m. Local Time on such day on the Reuters Currency pages, if available, for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters Currency pages, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about such time as the Administrative Agent shall elect after determining that such rates shall be the basis for determining the Exchange Rate, on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Exchange Rate Date ” means, if on such date any outstanding Loan or Letter of Credit is (or any Loan or Letter of Credit that has been requested at such time would be) denominated in a currency other than Dollars, each of:
(a) the last Business Day of each calendar month,
(b) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Business Day designated as an Exchange Rate Date by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, and
(c) each date (with such date to be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) that is on or about the date of (i) a Borrowing Request or an Interest Election Request with respect to any Revolving Borrowing or (ii) each request for the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan.

11


Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under this Agreement, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient: (a) income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office or Applicable Lending Installation is located, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar Taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the applicable Recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located and (c) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b) ), any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes resulting from any law in effect (including FATCA) on the date such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office or a new Applicable Lending Installation) or is attributable to such Non-U.S. Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f) , except to the extent that such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office or Applicable Lending Installations (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Taxes pursuant to Section 2.17(a) .
Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 28, 2007 among the Borrower, JPMCB, as administrative agent, swingline lender and letter of credit issuer, and a syndicate of lenders.
Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit issued and outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) hereto.
FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement and any regulations or official interpretations thereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
Fee Letter ” means, collectively, the fee letter agreements, dated April 25, 2011, among the Borrower and one or more of the joint lead arrangers for this Agreement and their Affiliates.
Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, a unit of the Fitch Group, a subsidiary of Fimalae, S.A.
Foreign Currency ” means Euros and Sterling.
Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(d) .
Foreign Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(d) .

12


Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Funded Debt ” of any Person means Indebtedness of such Person that by its terms matures more than one year after the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year after such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year after such date.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien) up to the value of such assets. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, mold, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

13


Hostile Acquisition ” means any Acquisition that has not been approved by the board of directors or similar body of the Person to be acquired. For purposes of this definition, “Acquisition” shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person (other than by means of the exercise of secured creditor or similar remedies in respect of any Indebtedness owed by such Person), (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is the surviving entity.
Idle Properties ” means the following properties as of the date hereof: (a) the real estate located in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, together with the building, warehouse, office space and improvements thereon, (b) the unimproved real estate located in Jerome, Idaho, (c) the unimproved real estate located in Neshanic Station, New Jersey, (d) the manufacturing facility at Pierre Corneliskaai 35 in Aalst, Belgium, and (e) the Nuvo Cosmeticos SA (Uruguay) building in Uruguay.
Inactive Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is dormant or inactive and that has substantially no assets and income.
Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial letters of credit, but excluding cash-collateralized letters of credit to the extent such cash collateral is permitted under Section 6.01 ), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and not past due for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account was by its terms due);
(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

14


(g) all obligations of such Person to the extent matured by reason of the exercise by the applicable holder of any Equity Interest (i) to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person or (ii) to honor any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends;
(h) all lines of credit (which, solely for purposes of Section 6.01 and Section 6.02 , shall include uncommitted lines of credit, but exclude availability under credit cards); and
(i) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to the extent that the Borrower or such Person is legally liable therefor as a result of its ownership interest in such entity or is contractually liable therefor by operation of its charter or other governing documents, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) Other Taxes.
Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.03(b) .
Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.12 .
Information Memorandum ” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated April, 2011 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.
Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, Dart, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee for the Senior Notes, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08 .
Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

15


Interest Period ” means (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect, and (b) as to any Swingline Foreign Currency Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Loan and ending on the day that is designated in the notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.05 with respect to such Swingline Foreign Currency Loan, which shall not be later than thirty days thereafter; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period; provided further that, in the case of any Interest Period, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may, subject to Section 2.16 , agree on an alternative ending date for such Interest Period at any time on or prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
Internal Control Event ” means a material weakness in, or fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Borrower’s internal controls over financial reporting, in each case as described in the Securities Laws.
Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of such Person’s Equity Interests from another Person, (c) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (d) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit or all or a substantial part of the business of, such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17 .
IP Security Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof made by and between Dart and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors (as defined in the Security Agreement), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

16


Issuing Bank ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.06(i) . The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
Issuing Bank Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Issuing Bank and the Applicable Borrower or in favor the Issuing Bank and relating to any such Letter of Credit.
JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, and its successors.
Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(b) .
Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes, executive orders and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Applicable Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.
Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.
Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.
Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the Issuing Bank.

17


LIBO Rate ” means, (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars or Sterling for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in the currency of such Borrowing (as reflected on the applicable Reuters screen page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page)), for a period equal to such Interest Period and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Euros for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen EURIBOR01 Page (it being understood that this rate is the Euro interbank offered rate (known as the “EURIBOR Rate”) sponsored by the Banking Federation of the European Union and the Financial Markets Association) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in Euros with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. To the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “Eurocurrency Rate” shall be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent of the respective interest rates per annum reported to the Administrative Agent by JPMCB and each other Lender selected by the Administrative Agent (JPMCB and each such other Lender, the “ Reference Lenders ”) as the rate at which each Reference Lender offers to place deposits in the currency of such Borrowing for such Interest Period to first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period.
Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, deed of trust, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) any promissory notes issued pursuant to this Agreement, (c) the Parent Guaranty, (d) the Dart Guaranty, (e) the Security Agreement, (f) the IP Security Agreement, (g) the Fee Letter, (h) the Intercreditor Agreement and (i) each Issuing Bank Document.
Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrowers and, at any time the Dart Guaranty is in effect, Dart.
Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement.
Local Time ” means (a) with respect to a Loan or Borrowing denominated in Dollars, New York City time and (b) with respect to a Loan or Borrowing denominated in any Foreign Currency, London time.
Mandatory Costs Rate ” means the rate calculated in accordance with the formula and in the manner set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

18


Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) any event, development or circumstance that has had a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or of the Lenders, taken as a whole, under any Loan Document, including any impairment with respect to the validity or the enforceability of any material Loan Document; or (c) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party.
Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, each contract to which such Person is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person of $50,000,000 or more in any year or otherwise material to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Material Foreign Jurisdictions ” means the European Union (European Community trademarks); France; Germany; Mexico; South Africa; and Switzerland, each of which is a jurisdiction in which (1) sales of “Tupperware” branded products represented greater than 5% of total consolidated net sales of the Borrower in the fiscal year-ended December 25, 2010 and (2) the law of the jurisdiction permits the granting, recordation and perfection of security interests in the Collateral; provided that a Material Foreign Jurisdiction shall cease to be a Material Foreign Jurisdiction if such jurisdiction ceases to permit the granting, recordation or perfection of security interests in the Collateral.
Material Marks ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
Material Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that together with its Subsidiaries (a) has revenues in an amount equal to at least 5% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or (b) has operating profits in an amount equal to at least 5% of the consolidated operating profits of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or (c) has assets in an amount equal to at least 5% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as determined for the most recently completed fiscal year for which the Lenders have received financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 5.01(a) , commencing with the fiscal year ending December, 2010.
Maximum Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13 .
Measurement Period ” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Borrower.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
Non-U.S. Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

19


NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.
Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, this Agreement, or sold or assigned an interest in this Agreement).
Other Taxes ” means any present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment under Section 2.19(b) ).
Outstanding Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d) .
Parent Guaranty ” means the Guaranty dated as of the date hereof made by the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Obligations of the Subsidiary Borrower, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(g) .
Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(g) .

20


Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Community relating to the Economic and Monetary Union.
PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
Pro Forma Effect ” means, with respect to any acquisition, investment, dividend, distribution, sale, disposition, merger or similar event consummated subsequent to the commencement of a period for which the financial effect of any such event is to be included on a pro forma basis, the computation of any financial ratio or definition used in the computation thereof giving effect to such events as if such events occurred on the first day of the applicable period, which (a) shall reflect, to the extent applicable, (i) the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence, assumption or reduction of Indebtedness, and (ii) any projected synergies or similar benefits expected to be realized as a result of such event to the extent such synergies or similar benefits would be permitted to be reflected in financial statements prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (b) be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) .
Qualified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is a non-wholly owned Subsidiary so long as 100% of the Equity Interests issued by such Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares and investments by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by the Laws of such jurisdiction) is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries, and the economic interests in such Foreign Subsidiary are, directly or indirectly, owned for the benefit of the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries.

21


Quotation Day ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing or Swingline Foreign Currency Borrowing and any Interest Period, the day (which, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing in respect of Revolving Loans, shall be not less than two Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period) on which it is market practice in the relevant interbank market for prime banks to give quotations for deposits in the currency of such Borrowing for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period. If such quotations would normally be given by prime banks on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of such days.
Real Properties ” means, at any time, a collective reference to each of the facilities and parcels of real properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary at such time.
Recipient ” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender, (c) the Issuing Bank, (d) any assignee, participant, Affiliate or Applicable Lending Installation and (e) any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder.
Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(e) .
Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Borrower as prescribed by the Securities Laws.
Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments at such time.
Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, chief legal officer or controller of a U.S. Loan Party; the foreign equivalents of such officers of any Loan Party that is a Foreign Subsidiary; and, in respect of BeautiControl International Services, Inc. and Eventus International, Inc., any Vice President. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
Revolving Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

22


Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $450,000,000.
Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.
Revolving Loan ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s pro-rata portion of any Revolving Borrowing made pursuant to Section 2.02(a) .
Revolving Maturity Date ” means June 2, 2016.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC.
Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and, in each case, the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date under this Agreement.
Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof made by and between Dart and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors (as defined therein) with respect to Dart’s interest in the Material Marks and other Collateral (as defined therein), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Senior Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, Dart and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Senior Notes ” means those certain senior secured notes of the Borrower due June 2, 2021 issued pursuant to the Senior Indenture on the date hereof.

23


Significant Collateral Security Failure Event ” means, with respect to the United States or any Material Foreign Jurisdiction, the security interest created under the Security Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days; provided that no such cessation will be considered to be a Significant Collateral Security Failure Event if it occurs (1) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (2) as a result of a change in law in the United States or any Material Foreign Jurisdiction.
Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
Specified Florida Properties ” means the unimproved Real Properties located in Orange and/or Osceola Counties, Florida owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date.
Specified Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.
Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
Sterling ” or “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

24


subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.
Subsidiary Borrower ” means Tupperware International Holdings B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands.
Subsidiary Debt ” means, in respect of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, all Indebtedness (other than (a) net obligations of such Subsidiary under any Swap Contract with a tenor of less than eighteen months, (b) Guarantees by such Subsidiary of the obligations of other Subsidiaries or the obligations of the Borrower, in either case, of the kind described in the preceding clause (a) and (c) unfunded, uncommitted lines of credit) of such Subsidiary.
Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amount(s) determined as the mark‑to‑market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid‑market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
Swingline Dollar Loan ” means a Swingline Loan denominated in Dollars.

25


Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.
Swingline Foreign Currency Loan ” means a Swingline Loan denominated in Euro or Sterling.
Swingline Lender ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.
Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.05 .
Synthetic Debt ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all Obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Threshold Amount ” means $50,000,000.
Transaction ” means, collectively, (a) the entering into by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents, (b) the refinancing of certain outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the termination of all commitments with respect thereto, including, without limitation, as to the Existing Credit Agreement and (c) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.
Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 or 430 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

26


U.S. Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States or the laws of the District of Columbia.
U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
U.S. Tax Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(D)(2) .
Withholding Agent ” means the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing”).
SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

27


SECTION 1.05. Foreign Currency Calculations . (a) For purposes of determining the Dollar Equivalent of any Loan or Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency or any related amount, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Exchange Rate as of the applicable Exchange Rate Date with respect to each Foreign Currency in which any requested or outstanding Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated and shall apply such Exchange Rates to determine such amount (in each case after giving effect to any Loan to be made or repaid or Letter of Credit issued on or prior to the applicable date for such calculation).
(b) For purposes of any determination hereunder (including determinations under Section 2.02(c) , 6.01 , 6.02 or 6.04 or under Article VII ), all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into the Dollar Equivalent at the appropriate currency Exchange Rate; provided that no Default shall arise as a result of any limitation set forth in Dollars in Section 6.01 or 6.02 being exceeded solely as a result of changes in Exchange Rates from those rates applicable at the time or times Indebtedness or Liens were initially consummated in reliance on the exceptions under such Sections. For purposes of any determination under Section 6.04 , the amount of each investment, asset disposition or other applicable transaction denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be translated into the Dollar Equivalent at the applicable Exchange Rate. Such Exchange Rates shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.01. Revolving Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars and Foreign Currencies to the Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments or (c) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures as to which the Subsidiary Borrower is the Applicable Borrower exceeding $225,000,000. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings . (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.



(b) Subject to Section 2.14 , (i) each Revolving Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith and (ii) each Revolving Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Loans. Each Swingline Dollar Loan shall be an ABR Loan and each Swingline Foreign Currency Loan shall bear interest at such rate agreed to between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender.
(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) . Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowings outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Loans which are not denominated in Dollars may be made in amounts and increments in the applicable Foreign Currency satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, where applicable, the Swingline Lender.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Lender at its option may make any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign office, branch or Affiliate of such Lender (an “ Applicable Lending Installation ”) to make such Loan that has been designated by such Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Applicable Lending Installation of such Lender and the Loans and any Notes issued hereunder shall be deemed held by each Lender for the benefit of any such Applicable Lending Installation. Each Lender may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, designate replacement or additional Applicable Lending Installations through which Loans will be made by it and for whose account Loan payments are to be made.

29


SECTION 2.03. Requests for Revolving Borrowings . To request a Revolving Borrowing (other than a Swingline Loan), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request in writing or, in the case of ABR Borrowings, by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than Noon, Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than Noon, Local Time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. For administrative convenience, the Subsidiary Borrower designates the Borrower as its agent for purposes of issuing any Borrowing Request, Interest Election Request or similar notice regarding Borrowings made or to be made by the Subsidiary Borrower hereunder. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and, if made by telephone, shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or other means agreed to by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :
(a) the identity of the Applicable Borrower;
(b) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;
(c) the currency (which may be Dollars or a Foreign Currency) in which such Borrowing is to be denominated;
(d) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(e) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;
(f) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by clause (a) of the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and
(g) the location and number of the Applicable Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07 ; provided that if the Borrower shall fail to specify an account, the account shall be deemed to be the account specified in the then most recent Borrowing Request that shall have specified such account.
If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing, unless such Revolving Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, in which case such Revolving Borrowing shall be a Eurocurrency Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03 , the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

30


SECTION 2.04. [Intentionally Omitted]
SECTION 2.05. Swingline Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars, Euro or Sterling to the Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $50,000,000, (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments or (iii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures as to which the Subsidiary Borrower is the Applicable Borrower exceeding $225,000,000; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.
(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request in writing or, in the case of ABR Swingline Loans, by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or other means agreed to by the Administrative Agent), not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan in the case of Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars and not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time on the day of any other proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) whether such Swingline Loan is to be a Swingline Dollar Loan or a Swingline Foreign Currency Loan, (iii) the amount of the requested Swingline Loan, (iv) the Applicable Borrower and (v) in the case of a Swingline Foreign Currency Loan denominated in Euro, the Interest Period requested to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by clause (b) of the definition of the term “Interest Period.” The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. In the case of a Swingline Foreign Currency Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Borrower shall agree upon the interest rate applicable to such Swingline Loan, provided that if such agreement cannot be reached prior to 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan, then such Foreign Currency Swingline Loan shall not be made. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Applicable Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) , by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

31


(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate and such amount of Swingline Loans, if denominated in Euro, shall be converted to Dollars and shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Applicable Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Applicable Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Applicable Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Applicable Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
SECTION 2.06. Letters of Credit . (a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account or for the account of the Subsidiary Borrower, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Letter of Credit Application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Applicable Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

32


(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the Applicable Borrower, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.06 ), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $50,000,000, (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments or (iii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures as to which the Subsidiary Borrower is the Applicable Borrower exceeding $225,000,000. On the Effective Date each Existing Letter of Credit shall, without any further action by any party, be deemed to have been issued as a Letter of Credit hereunder on the date of such effectiveness and shall for all purposes hereof be treated as a Letter of Credit under this Agreement.
(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.
(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.06 , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

33


(e) Reimbursement . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Applicable Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Applicable Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Applicable Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Applicable Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Applicable Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.05 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Applicable Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Applicable Borrower fails to make such payment when due, such amount, if denominated in Foreign Currency, shall be converted to Dollars and shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Applicable Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Applicable Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Applicable Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

34


(f) Obligations Absolute . The Applicable Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Applicable Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Applicable Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Applicable Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Applicable Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(g) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Applicable Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Applicable Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

35


(h) Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Applicable Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Applicable Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Applicable Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(i) Replacement of the Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b) . From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

36


(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to (i) in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, 100% and (ii) in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, 105% of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in Section 7.01(f) . Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
SECTION 2.07. Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m., Local Time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.05 . The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Applicable Borrower by promptly crediting or wiring the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Applicable Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

37


(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed time of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Applicable Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, (x) the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars) or (y) the rate reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the cost to it of funding such amount (in the case of a Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency) or (ii) in the case of the Applicable Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
SECTION 2.08. Interest Elections . (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type, in the case of Borrowings denominated in Dollars, or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.08 . The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Foreign Currency Borrowings or Swingline Dollar Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election in writing or, in the case of ABR Borrowings, by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type and denominated in the currency resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or other means agreed to by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.
(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03 :

38


(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and
(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing (unless such Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, in which case such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration commencing on the last day of such Interest Period). Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or (except as contemplated in clause (iii) below) continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, and (iii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
SECTION 2.09. Termination, Reduction and Increase of Revolving Commitments . (a) General . Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

39


(b) Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Commitments . The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11 , the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Revolving Commitments.
(c) Notice of Election to Voluntarily Reduce Revolving Commitments . The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments.

40


(d) Increase of Commitments . On up to three occasions after the Effective Date, the Borrower at its option may, from time to time, seek to increase the Revolving Commitments by up to an aggregate amount of $200,000,000 (resulting in maximum total Revolving Commitments of $650,000,000) upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall specify the amount of any such increase (which shall not be less than $10,000,000) and shall certify that no Default has occurred and is continuing. After delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, in consultation with the Administrative Agent, may offer the increase (which may be declined by any Lender in its sole discretion) in the Revolving Commitments on either a ratable basis to the Lenders or on a non pro-rata basis to one or more Lenders and/or to other Lenders or entities reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. No increase in the Revolving Commitment shall become effective until the existing or new Lenders extending such incremental Commitment amount and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a document in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which (i) any such existing Lender agrees to the amount of its Revolving Commitment increase, (ii) any such new Lender agrees to its Revolving Commitment amount and agrees to assume and accept the obligations and rights of a Lender hereunder, (iii) the Borrower accepts such incremental Revolving Commitments, (iv) the effective date of any increase in the Revolving Commitments is specified and (v) the Borrower certifies that on such date the conditions for a new Loan set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied. Upon the effectiveness of any increase in the Revolving Commitments pursuant hereto, (i) each Lender (new or existing) shall be deemed to have accepted an assignment from the existing Lenders, and the existing Lenders shall be deemed to have made an assignment to each new or existing Lender accepting a new or increased Revolving Commitment, of an interest in each then outstanding Revolving Loan (in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Assignment and Assumption) and (ii) the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the existing and new Lenders shall be automatically adjusted such that, after giving effect to such assignments and adjustments, all Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder is held ratably by the Lenders in proportion to their respective Revolving Commitments. Assignments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be made in exchange for, and substantially contemporaneously with the payment to the assigning Lenders of, the principal amount assigned plus accrued and unpaid interest and commitment and Letter of Credit fees. Payments received by assigning Lenders pursuant to this Section in respect of the principal amount of any Eurocurrency Loan shall, for purposes of Section 2.16 be deemed prepayments of such Loan. Any increase of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section shall be subject to receipt by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower of such supplemental opinions, resolutions, certificates and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. No consent of any Lender (other than the Lenders agreeing to new or increased Revolving Commitments) shall be required for any incremental Revolving Commitment provided or Loan made pursuant to this Section 2.09(e) .

41


SECTION 2.10. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) Each Applicable Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each applicable Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Revolving Maturity Date.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(e) Any Lender may request that the Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Applicable Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans . (a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

42


(b) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) in writing or, in the case of ABR Borrowings, by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or other means agreed to by the Administrative Agent) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09(c) , then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09(c) . Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a prepayment, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 .
(c) If at any time the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of the Lenders exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders (other than solely as a result of currency exchange fluctuations), the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Subsidiary Borrower to) immediately prepay Loans in the amount of such excess. To the extent that, after the prepayment of all Loans an excess of the Revolving Credit Exposure over the aggregate Revolving Commitments still exists, the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Subsidiary Borrower to) promptly cash collateralize the Letters of Credit in the manner described in Section 2.06(j) in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
(d) The Administrative Agent will determine the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate LC Exposure and the Dollar Equivalent of each Loan on each Exchange Rate Date (the sum of such Dollar Equivalents being the “ Outstanding Amounts ”). If at any time the sum of such amounts exceeds 105% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders, the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Subsidiary Borrower to) immediately prepay Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate any excess of the Outstanding Amount over the amount of the aggregate Revolving Commitments. To the extent that, after the prepayment of all Loans an excess of the sum of such amounts over the aggregate Revolving Commitments still exists, the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Subsidiary Borrower to) promptly cash collateralize the Letters of Credit in the manner described in Section 2.06(j) in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

43


SECTION 2.12. Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender with a Revolving Commitment a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the difference between the Revolving Commitment of such Lender and the Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Swingline Exposure) of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate or rates per annum separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders with a Revolving Commitment or Revolving Credit Exposure. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
SECTION 2.13. Interest . (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Dollar Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

44


(b) The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.
(c) Each Swingline Foreign Currency Loan shall bear interest as determined in Section 2.05 .
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by any of the Borrowers hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.
(e) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(f) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that (i) interest on Borrowings denominated in Sterling shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days and (ii) interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in any currency:
(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that deposits in the applicable currency are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and interest period for such Eurocurrency Borrowing or adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

45


(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in such currency shall be ineffective, and unless the Borrower elects to rescind the Borrowing Request or prepay the related Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be converted to or continued as on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (A) if such Borrowing is denominated in Dollars, an ABR Borrowing or (B) if such Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, as a Borrowing in respect of which the rate to apply to each Lender’s participation is an interest rate to include (1) the Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Loans, (2) the rate notified to the Administrative Agent by such Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of the applicable Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to such Lender of funding its participation in the applicable Borrowing from whatever source it may reasonably select; and (3) the Mandatory Costs Rate, if any, applicable to such Lender’s participation in the applicable Borrowing, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing in such currency, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing (if such Borrowing is requested to be made in Dollars) or shall be made as a Borrowing bearing interest at the rate described under (i)(B) above.
SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs . (a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate or compensated for by the Mandatory Cost Rate) or the Issuing Bank;
(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or
(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Other Connection Taxes on gross or net income, profits or revenue (including value added or similar Taxes) and (C) Excluded Taxes);

46


and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

47


SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion or continuation of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment or deemed assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto pursuant to Section 2.09(d) or as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 , then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in the applicable currency of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.
SECTION 2.17. Taxes . (a) Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up . Each payment by or on account of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by any law. If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such Withholding Agent may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the amount payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that, net of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.17 ), the applicable Recipient receives the amount it would have received had no such withholding been made.
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Loan Parties shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

48


(d) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Recipient for any Indemnified Taxes that are withheld or deducted on payments to, or paid or payable by, such Recipient in connection with any Loan Document (including amounts paid or payable under this Section 2.17(d) ) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(d) shall be paid within 30 days after the Recipient delivers to the Borrower a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so paid or payable by such Recipient and describing the basis for the indemnification claim. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error. Such Recipient shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that a Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so) attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(e) shall be paid within 10 days after the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Taxes so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.
(f) Status of Lenders . (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to any withholding (including backup withholding) or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A) through (E) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Upon the reasonable request of such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.17(f) . If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within 10 days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify such Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.

49


(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, any Lender with respect to such Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably requested by such Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:
(A)    in the case of a Lender that is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;
(B)    in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of interest under any this Agreement, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under this Agreement, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(C)    in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender for whom payments under this Agreement constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;
(D)     in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form W-8BEN and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C (a “ U.S. Tax Certificate ”) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code (c) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected;
(E)    in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided , however , that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or

50


(F)    any other form prescribed by law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax together with such supplementary documentation necessary to enable the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to be withheld.
(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary for the Withholding Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(f)(iii) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.17 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnified party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(g) , in no event will any indemnified party be required to pay any amount to any indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) if such payment would place such indemnified party in a less favorable position (on a net after-Tax basis) than such indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.17(g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations under this Agreement.
(i) Issuing Bank . For purposes of Sections 2.17(e) and (f) , the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank.

51


SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs . (a) Each of the Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15 , 2.16 or 2.17 , or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 10 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder of (i) principal or interest in respect of any Loan shall be made in the currency in which such Loan is denominated, (ii) reimbursement obligations shall be made in the currency in which the Letter of Credit in respect of which such reimbursement obligation exists is denominated or (iii) any other amount due hereunder or under another Loan Document shall be made in Dollars. Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall at or before such time have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars (or where applicable, the indicated Foreign Currency).
(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

52


(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or its Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by either of the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each of the Borrowers consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Applicable Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Applicable Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Applicable Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Applicable Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, (i) at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (in the case of an amount denominated in Dollars) and (ii) the rate reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the cost to it of funding such amount (in the case of an amount denominated in a Foreign Currency).
(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c) , 2.06(d) or (e) , 2.07(b) , 2.18(d) or 9.03(c) , then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

53


SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 , or if either of the Borrowers is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 , or if either of the Borrowers is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 , or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or an Affected Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
SECTION 2.20. Additional Reserve Costs . (a) For so long as any Lender is required to comply with (i) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (ii) the requirements of the European Central Bank, in each case in respect of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Loans or Swingline Foreign Currency Loans, such Lender shall be entitled to require the Applicable Borrower to pay, contemporaneously with each payment of interest on each of such Loans, additional interest on such Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Mandatory Costs Rate calculated in accordance with the formula and in the manner set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

54


(b) Any additional interest owed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be determined by the applicable Lender, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and notified to the Applicable Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least five Business Days before each date on which interest is payable for the applicable Loan, and such additional interest so notified to the Applicable Borrower by such Lender shall be due and payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender on each date on which interest is payable for such Loan. If a Lender fails to give such notice at least five Business Days before such date, then such additional interest shall be due and payable five Business Days after such notice is given.
SECTION 2.21. Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a) ;
(b) the Revolving Commitments, LC Exposure and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 9.02 ), provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;
(c) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent (A) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments, (B) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (C) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment;
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within five Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

55


(iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;
(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and
(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all facility fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; and
(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.21(c) , and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit (the Lender in such case, an “ Affected Lender ”), the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit to the extent such exposure would have been supported by such Affected Lender, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Affected Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Affected Lender hereunder.

56


In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender or an Affected Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
SECTION 3.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Set forth in Schedule 3.13 hereto is a complete and accurate list as of the date hereof of all Loan Parties, showing as of the date hereof (as to each Loan Party) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the address of its principal place of business and its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation (if any). The copy of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii)(B) is a true and correct copy of each such document as in effect on the date hereof, each of which is valid and in full force and effect. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and consummate the Transaction, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws; except (i) in the case of Loan Parties, in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) , (c) or (d) , to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

57


SECTION 3.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any material Law in any material respect. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i) , except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.03 or as required under the Security Agreement, no approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person which has not already been obtained is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transaction.
SECTION 3.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, court protection, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect . (a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness as customarily determined by the Borrower in consultation with its accountants.

58


(b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated April 2, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) , to the absence of footnotes and to normal year end adjustments. To the knowledge of the Borrower, Schedule 3.05 sets forth all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date hereof that are not specified in such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
(c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Between the date of the Audited Financial Statements and the Effective Date (including the Effective Date), no Internal Control Event has occurred.
SECTION 3.06. Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower after due and diligent investigation, threatened in writing at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) as of the Effective Date, purport to affect or pertain to the consummation of the Transaction, (b) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any material Loan Document, or (c) either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.07. No Default . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under, or with respect to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
SECTION 3.08. Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property used in the ordinary conduct of its business that have an individual fair market value in excess of $2,500,000, except for such defects in title or interests as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the date hereof a complete and accurate list of all Liens (other than Liens created by the Loan Documents) on the property or assets of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000, showing as of the date hereof the lienholder thereof (after giving effect to the release of Liens existing in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement), the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto. The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens set forth on Schedule 3.08 , and as otherwise permitted by Section 6.01 and after giving effect to the release of Liens existing in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement.

59


SECTION 3.09. Environmental Compliance . Except where the Borrower or its Subsidiaries would have an indemnity claim against Kraft Foods, Inc. with respect thereto or where the failure or related circumstance described below otherwise could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(a) Each of the Real Properties and all operations at the Real Properties are and, for the past 3 years, have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and permits, there is no violation of any Environmental Law or permit with respect to the Real Properties or the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and there are no conditions relating to the Real Properties or the Businesses that could give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Laws.
(b) None of the Real Properties contains, or to the Borrower’s knowledge has previously contained, any Hazardous Materials at, on or under the Real Properties in amounts or concentrations that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws and none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL.
(c) Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received any written or verbal notice of, or inquiry from any Governmental Authority regarding any violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Real Properties or the Businesses, nor does any Responsible Officer of the Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened.
(d) Hazardous Materials have not been transported or disposed of from the Real Properties, or generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Real Properties or any other location, in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.
(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Real Properties, or the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

60


(f) There has been no release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials at or from the Real Properties, or arising from or related to the operations (including, without limitation, disposal) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the Real Properties or otherwise in connection with the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.
SECTION 3.10. Insurance . The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with insurance companies the Loan Parties reasonably believe to be financially sound and reputable, in such amounts (after giving effect to self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.
SECTION 3.11. Taxes . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to make any such filings and payments, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any tax sharing agreement except as set forth on Schedule 3.11 hereto.
SECTION 3.12. ERISA Compliance . (a) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

61


(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or reasonably is expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability in excess of $50,000,000; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except for an event described in clause (i) , (iii) or (iv) of this Section 3.12(c) , which individually, or in the aggregate with all other such events, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Except where such event individually, or in the aggregate with all other events in this Section 3.12(d) , could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each scheme or arrangement mandated by a government other than the United States (a “ Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement ”) and with respect to each employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not subject to United States law (a “ Foreign Plan ”):
(i) any employer and employee contributions required by law or by the terms of any Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement or any Foreign Plan have been made, or, if applicable, accrued, in accordance with normal accounting practices;
(ii) the fair market value of the assets of each funded Foreign Plan, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations, with respect to all current and former participants in such Foreign Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to account for such obligations in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles; and
(iii) each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities.
SECTION 3.13. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties . As of the date hereof, each Loan Party has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in the Borrower’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010. Set forth on Schedule 3.13 is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties, showing (as to each Loan Party) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the address of its principal place of business and its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of the Subsidiary Borrower if it does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation (if any).

62


SECTION 3.14. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act . (a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board). The value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that constitute margin stock does not exceed an amount equal to 25% of the value of all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or the Subsidiary Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
SECTION 3.15. Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all matters known to it that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected and pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time such projected and pro forma financial information was prepared, it being recognized by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.
SECTION 3.16. Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

63


SECTION 3.17. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Except to the extent not required by the Security Agreement, each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or possesses the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except for IP Rights (other than the Material Marks) that are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Dart is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Material Marks, no Liens exist on the Material Marks other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and no other parties have any right, title and interest in and to the Material Marks other than (a) licensing and rights arrangements with the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) the rights of distributors of Subsidiaries of the Borrower pursuant to limited licenses implied by law and/or contained in distribution agreements with a Subsidiary of the Borrower. To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries infringes upon any proprietary rights held by any other Person and no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened in writing, in any of the foregoing cases, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.18. Solvency . Before and after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (a) each of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrower and Dart is and will be Solvent and (b) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are and will be Solvent.
SECTION 3.19. OFAC . No Loan Party (a) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (b) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2 of such executive order, or (c) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.
SECTION 3.20. Patriot Act . Each Loan Party is in compliance, in with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001). No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

64


ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS
SECTION 4.01. Effective Date . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions (subject to the proviso contained in Section 4.01(a)(v)) is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ):
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received the following, each of which, to the extent applicable, shall be originals, telecopies or electronically transmitted copies (each followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each, to the extent applicable, properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or other signing Person, each, to the extent applicable, dated the Effective Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Effective Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Parent Guaranty, the Dart Guaranty, the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;
(ii) a promissory note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a note;
(iii) (A) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party, (B) a copy of a Certificate of the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower and Dart certifying (1) as to a true and correct copy of the charter of the Borrower and Dart and each amendment thereto on file in such Secretary’s office and (2) that such amendments are the only amendments to the Borrower’s or Dart’s charter on file in such Secretary’s office and (C) comparable documents as may be available in respect of the Subsidiary Borrower from the Netherlands;
(iv) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

65


(v) a favorable opinion of each of (A) Sidley Austin LLP, special New York counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, special Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties, (C) Baker & McKenzie, special IP counsel to the Loan Parties and (D) Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V., special Dutch counsel to the Loan Parties, each addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that the delivery of the opinion referred to in clause (D) above shall be a condition to all credit extensions to the Subsidiary Borrower, but shall not be a condition to the making of Loans to, or the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of, the Borrower;
(vi) a favorable opinion of the Chief Legal Officer to the Borrower, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(vii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all material consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;
(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and
(ix) a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of the Borrower attesting that, both before and after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, each of (A) the Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrower and Dart is and will be Solvent and (B) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are and will be Solvent;
(b) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on or before the Effective Date shall have been paid.
(c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent solely in respect of this Section 4.01(a) , the Borrower shall have paid all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Effective Date, plus such additional amounts of such reasonable fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

66


(d) All governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Transaction shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect, and no law or regulation shall be applicable that would restrain, prevent or impose any material adverse conditions on the Transaction.
(e) The Lenders shall have received the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent: (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date and (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) .
(f) There shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect since December 25, 2010.
(g) All obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been (or shall substantially contemporaneously be) repaid in full, all commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have terminated and all Liens under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been released (or the Administrative Agent shall have received documentation and assurances satisfactory to it that such repayments, terminations and release are imminent) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a related payoff letter in form and substance acceptable to it.
(h) The Senior Notes shall be rated the following ratings by at least two of such rating agencies: (i) not less than BBB- by S&P, (ii) not less than Baa3 by Moody’s and (iii) not less than BBB- by Fitch.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02 ) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on June 30, 2011 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Revolving Commitments shall terminate at such time).
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

67


(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article III , in each other Loan Document, and in any document furnished in connection with such Borrowing or Letter of Credit issuance, amendment, renewal or extension shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than in respect of representations and warranties that are subject to a Material Adverse Effect qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as stated and so qualified) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or Letter of Credit issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than in respect of representations and warranties that are subject to a Material Adverse Effect qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as stated and so qualified) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.05(a)(i) and (ii) and the first sentence of Section 3.05(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b) , respectively.
(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.
ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Revolving Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than contingent indemnification obligations) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 5.01 , 5.02 , 5.03 and 5.11 ) cause each Subsidiary to:
SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

68


(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by (i) a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing to which the Required Lenders have not reasonably objected, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and (ii) an attestation report of such Registered Public Accounting Firm as to the Borrower’s internal controls to the extent required pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, in each case expressing a conclusion to which the Required Lenders have not reasonably objected; and
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller or the treasurer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 5.02(d) , the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 5.01(a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Sections 5.01(a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.
SECTION 5.02. Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.01(a) , a certificate of its independent certified public accountants, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default under the financial covenants set forth herein or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

69


(b) within ten days of the earlier of (i) filing the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.01(a) and (b) with the SEC, and (ii) delivery of such financial statements to the Lenders, a duly completed Compliance Certificate, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;
(c) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters and, to the extent permitted by the independent accountants, recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any audit of any of them;
(d) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(e) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC concerning any formal investigation or formal inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (other than routine comment letters and related inquiries received from the SEC (in the ordinary course of its reviews of such Loan Party or Subsidiary);
(f) promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any Environmental Action against or of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(g) concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate corresponding to the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) , a report in form and detail (and subject to agreed upon materiality levels) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent identifying all Subsidiary Debt as of the end of the applicable fiscal year as determined by the Borrower in consultation with its accountants;
(h) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and
(i) promptly, such additional information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

70


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are posted by the Borrower or the SEC, or are posted on the Borrower’s behalf, on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 5.02(b) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
SECTION 5.03. Notices . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
(a) of the occurrence of any Default;
(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; and
(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event.
Each notice pursuant to Section 5.03(a) , (b) , or (c) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 5.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached (if any).

71


SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets unless (i) the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or (ii) the failure to pay and discharge such tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property not permitted hereunder unless such claims are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness except to the extent that a default with respect to such Indebtedness would not result in a Default or Event of Default.
SECTION 5.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc .
(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 6.03 or 6.04 , except with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party where failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.06. Maintenance of Properties . Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; provided that nothing in this Section 5.06 shall prevent the Borrower or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is, in the reasonable commercial judgment of the Borrower, desirable in the conduct of its business and could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.07. Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to self insurance compatible with the following standards) and with such deductibles as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

72


SECTION 5.08. Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.09. Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , that such books of record and account, and entries therein in, of Foreign Subsidiaries shall conform with the generally accepted (or customary) financial practices and statutory requirements of its jurisdiction.
SECTION 5.10. Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower (unless a Default is then continuing, to the extent such expenses are out-of-pocket and reasonable) and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, but not more than two times in any calendar year unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower.
SECTION 5.11. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit only, as follows:
(a) to refinance, as of the Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement,
(b) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction,
(c) for general corporate purposes, including to finance any acquisition that is not a Hostile Acquisition and to make dividends and stock repurchases permitted by this Agreement.

73


SECTION 5.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws; provided , however , (i) that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances and (ii) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to take any action described herein if the failure to take such action, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.13. Preparation of Environmental Reports . In the event that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders has reason to believe that (a) there is an Environmental Liability affecting any Real Property that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) there is any Environmental Action or any Environmental Liability that could reasonably be expected to cause any Real Property to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law, which restriction could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) there is an Environmental Liability that could reasonably be expected to result in a litigation or a proceeding affecting any Loan Party or Subsidiary that would involve amounts exceeding the Threshold Amount, then, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, provide to the Lenders within 90 days after such request or such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary to conduct any assessment as is reasonably determined by the environmental consulting firm conducting such assessment, at the expense of the Borrower, an environmental site assessment report for any of its properties described in such request, prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance, removal or remedial action in connection with any Hazardous Materials on such properties.
SECTION 5.14. Compliance with Material Contracts . Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it, maintain each such Material Contract in full force and effect, enforce each such Material Contract in accordance with its terms, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.15. Dart . Maintain at all times Dart as the legal, beneficial and registered and record owner of the Material Marks; provided , that Dart shall not transfer or otherwise Dispose of any Material Mark to any Person, except as permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(i) to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Security Agreement.

74


SECTION 5.16. Further Assurances . At any time upon request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in obtaining the full benefits of, or in perfecting and preserving in the United States and the Material Foreign Jurisdictions the Liens of, the Loan Documents, in each case solely to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Revolving Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than contingent indemnification obligations) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
SECTION 6.01. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file or suffer to exist under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction a financing statement that names the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor, or sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, other than the following:
(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof (other than Liens securing lines of credit and amounts outstanding under lines of credit) and listed on Schedule 3.08 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not broadened or increased, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is not prohibited by this Agreement;
(c) Liens for Taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

75


(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property or other minor irregularities in title which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.01(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and obligations for acquisition, construction or the improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property whose acquisition, construction or improvement was financed by such Indebtedness or, if applicable, subject to such Capitalized Lease and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired, constructed or improved on the date of acquisition, construction or improvement;
(j) Liens in the form of leases or subleases granted or created by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Real Properties that do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole);
(k) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(m) banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights in favor of (i) a depository institution with respect to deposit accounts maintained with such depository institution in the ordinary course of business or (ii) a depository institution or other intermediary in connection with the processing of VISA, MasterCard and other credit card payments and remittances;
(n) Liens created over deposits and investments in the ordinary course of business in connection with the procurement and maintenance of insurance by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
(o) Liens securing lines of credit for Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate potential amount at any time (such amount being the maximum potential amount of credit under any secured line of credit, whether or not committed and whether or not then available) not to exceed $35,000,000; and

76


(p) other Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Liens securing lines of credit for Foreign Subsidiaries and amounts outstanding under lines of credit for Foreign Subsidiaries) outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien in respect of (x) the Material Marks and (y) the Equity Interests of Dart, in each case, except for Liens thereon created by the Loan Documents or in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement.
SECTION 6.02. Subsidiary Debt . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Subsidiary Debt, except:
(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness owing by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(c) For so long as and at the times the Dart Guaranty is in effect, the Dart Note Guarantee (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and any Additional Dart Guarantee (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and
(d) other Subsidiary Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding.
SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:
(a) any Subsidiary may merge with, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved into (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any Loan Party is merging with another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
(b) any Loan Party may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Loan Party;
(c) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may dispose of all or substantially all its assets to (i) another Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party or (ii) to a Loan Party; and
(d) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided , except in the case of a Disposition of a Subsidiary otherwise permitted by Section 6.04 , that the Person surviving such merger shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

77


provided , however , that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the surviving corporation, and (y) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving corporation.
SECTION 6.04. Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
(a) Dispositions of (i) obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) fixed operating assets (solely to the extent not constituting all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or a business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) no longer used or useful to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Dispositions of inventory and cash equivalents (determined in accordance with GAAP) in the ordinary course of business;
(c) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(d) Dispositions of property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower, a wholly owned Subsidiary, or a Qualified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that such Disposition shall be for fair market value and on arm’s-length terms;
(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 6.03 ;
(f) any issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower;
(g) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the Specified Florida Properties and the Idle Properties;
(h) the sale, transfer or disposition of accounts in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;
(i) licenses of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business and substantially consistent with past practice or as otherwise permitted by Section 8(d) of the Security Agreement;
(j) Dispositions made pursuant to the terms of any Plan or Employee Benefit Arrangement in the ordinary course of business;

78


(k) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.04 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (k) in any fiscal year shall not exceed 10% of the Borrower’s consolidated assets (determined in accordance with GAAP) as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and
(l) so long as no Default shall occur and be continuing, the grant of any option or other right to purchase any asset in a transaction that would be permitted under the provisions of Section 6.04 above; and
provided , however , that (x) any Disposition pursuant to Section 6.04(k) is for consideration at least equivalent to fair market value of the property or assets Disposed, and (y) Dart shall not transfer or otherwise Dispose of any Material Mark except as permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(i) .
SECTION 6.05. Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may engage in any line of business that is similar, ancillary, complementary or otherwise reasonably related to the business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.
SECTION 6.06. Use of Proceeds . Permit the proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit to be used, whether directly or indirectly, to finance a Hostile Acquisition or for any purpose that entails a violation of Regulations T, U or X of the Board, or  at any time permit the value of margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to exceed an amount equal to 25% of the value of all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 6.07. Financial Covenants . (a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of any four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower to be greater than or equal to 3.25 to 1.0.
(b)     Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower to be less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0.
ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 7.01. Events of Default . If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

79


(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party (i) fails to pay when and as required to be paid herein any amount of principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement or to deposit when and as required to be deposited herein any cash collateral amount due pursuant to Section 2.06(j) or (ii) fails to pay within five days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any LC Disbursement, or any fee due hereunder, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 5.03 , 5.05 , 5.10 , 5.15 , or Article VI or fails to perform or observe any term covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01 or Section 5.02(a) or (b) and such failure continues for 10 Business Days; or
(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 7.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of (i) notice of such default shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent and (ii) a Responsible Officer of any Loan Party shall have actual knowledge of such failure; or
(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect (other than in respect of any representation or warranty that is subject to a Material Adverse Effect qualifier, in which case, such representation or warranty shall be incorrect as stated and so qualified) when made or deemed made except with respect to any representation or warranty to the extent incorrect solely as to Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries; or

80


(e) Cross-Default . (i) Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (A) fails (other than as a result of an administrative funds transmission problem beyond the Borrower’s control which is remedied within two Business Days) to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or
(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding, procedure, step or action under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, examiner, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, examiner, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

81


(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by (A) independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage, or (B) an indemnity by Kraft Foods, Inc. or Sara Lee Corporation (the “ Applicable Indemnitor ”), as applicable, pursuant to a legally binding agreement then in full force and effect as to which the Borrower shall have made a claim for indemnification from the Applicable Indemnitor in accordance with the applicable agreement and the Applicable Indemnitor does not dispute such claim or its obligations to indemnify), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
(i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(j) Foreign Benefits Plans . The occurrence of any of the following events, where such events individually or in the aggregate with all other events in this Section 7.01(j) , could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any employer or employee contributions required by law or by the terms of any Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement or any Foreign Plan are not made, or, if applicable, accrued, in accordance with normal accounting practices; (ii) the fair market value of the assets of each funded Foreign Plan, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is not sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations with respect to all current and former participants in such Foreign Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to account for such obligations in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles; or (iii) any Foreign Plan required to be registered is not registered or is not maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; or
(k) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or
(l) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

82


(m) Collateral . With respect to the Collateral at any time prior to the release of the Lien on the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement: (i) any Significant Collateral Security Failure Event with respect to the United States exists and is continuing; (ii) any Significant Collateral Security Failure Event with respect to two Material Foreign Jurisdictions exists and is continuing; or (c) the Borrower or Dart asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such assertion by Dart, the Borrower fails to cause Dart to rescind such assertions within 10 days after the Borrower has actual knowledge of such assertions; provided that the Borrower’s or Dart’s assertion that a security interest is invalid or unenforceable is not based on a change of law in the jurisdiction that results in the jurisdiction not permitting the granting, recordation or perfection of security interests in the Collateral;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrowers described in clause (f) of this Section 7.01 ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Revolving Commitments, and thereupon the Revolving Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrowers described in clause (f) of this Section 7.01 , the Revolving Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers.
SECTION 7.02. Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 7.01 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the LC Exposure has automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in Section 2.06(j)) , any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees and expenses including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article II ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees and expenses payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Bank and amounts payable under Article II ), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

83


Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, LC Disbursements and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Bank in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and LC Disbursements, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount as set forth in Section 2.06(j) ;
Sixth , to payment of (a) all indemnities and other Obligations in favor of the Administrative Agent, and then (b) all indemnities and other Obligations in favor of any Lender or the Issuing Bank, ratably to each such Lender or such Affiliate of a Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth held by them;
Seventh , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties owing under or in respect of the Loan Documents that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or, as applicable, their Affiliates) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and such other Persons on such date; and
Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.06 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

84


The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 ), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

85


The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article VIII and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
No Lender identified in this Agreement as a “Co-Documentation Agent”, a “Syndication Agent”, a “Joint Lead Arranger” or a “Joint Bookrunner” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers are arms-length counterparties and none of such Lenders or Joint Lead Arrangers shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender or Joint Lead Arranger. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to such Lenders as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in the preceding paragraph.

86


The Administrative Agent shall be permitted from time to time to designate one of its Affiliates to perform the duties to be performed by the Administrative Agent hereunder with respect to Loans and Borrowings denominated in Foreign Currencies. The provisions of this Article VIII shall apply to any such Affiliate mutatis mutandis .
Each Lender hereby authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as attorney-in-fact on behalf of such Lender and agrees that in consideration of the benefits of the security being provided to such Lender in accordance with the Security Agreement, the IP Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement and by acceptance of those benefits, each Lender (including any Lender which becomes such by assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 after the date hereof) shall be bound by the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and shall comply with such terms and provisions.  The foregoing agreement shall inure to the benefit of all “Secured Parties” under the Intercreditor Agreement.
ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01. Notices . (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy (or by other means agreed to by the Administrative Agent), as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower, to it at 14901 South Orange Blossom Trail, Orlando, Florida 32837, Attention of Treasurer (Telecopy No. (407) 826-4510);
(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender for ABR Loans, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Loan Services, 10 South Dearborn, 7th floor, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Sharon Bosch (Telecopy No. (312) 385-7107);
(iii) if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender for Eurocurrency Loans, to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ, Attention of Loans Agency (Telecopy No. 44 207 777 2360); and
(iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

87


(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrowers therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Revolving Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, reduce the rate of interest thereon, reduce any fees payable hereunder, or shorten the date of maturity of any Loan without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the final maturity of any Loan or the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the final permitted expiry date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Maturity Date or the scheduled date of expiration of any Revolving Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, or (vi) release the Borrower from the Parent Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

88


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the execution and delivery of all documentation required by Section 2.09(e) to be delivered in connection with an increase to the aggregate Revolving Commitment, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the new or existing Lenders whose Revolving Commitments have been affected may and shall enter into an amendment hereof (which shall be binding on all parties hereto and the new Lenders) solely for the purpose of reflecting any new Lenders and their new Revolving Commitments and any increase in the Revolving Commitment of any existing Lender.
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

89


(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, penalties, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s ratable share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought by reference to the aggregate outstanding Revolving Commitments (or, if such Revolving Commitments have terminated, aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure)) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrowers shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

90


SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrowers without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:
(i) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;
(ii) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Revolving Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Revolving Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and
(iii) the Issuing Bank.
(c) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Revolving Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this Section 9.04(c)(ii) shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Revolving Commitments or Loans;

91


(iii) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and
(iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its affiliates, the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(c) , the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:
Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
(d) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (g) of this Section.
(e) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Commitments of, and principal amount of (and stated interest on) the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

92


(f) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c) , 2.06(e) or (f) , 2.07(b) , 2.18(d) or 9.03(c) , the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

93


(g) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. The Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (i) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.18 and 2.19 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04(g) ; (ii) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.15 , 2.16 or 2.17 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation and (iii) Excluded Taxes in respect of the Participant shall be determined in reference to the date such Person becomes a Participant (as distinguished from the date the participating Lender became party hereto). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Revolving Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Revolving Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

94


(h) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
SECTION 9.05. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrowers herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Revolving Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Revolving Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 9.07. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

95


SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of either of the Borrowers against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(b) Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrowers or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

96


SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.11. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers and their obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information, including material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated by the SEC, received from the Borrower or its Subsidiaries relating to such entities or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the date hereof (other than such information which a recipient thereof could not reasonably believe to be of a non-confidential nature), such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

97


EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS AFFILIATES, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES) AND ITS SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.
SECTION 9.13. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
SECTION 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

98


SECTION 9.15. Conversion of Currencies . (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another currency, each party hereto agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.
(b) The obligations of each Borrower in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any holder of the obligations owing hereunder (the “ Applicable Creditor ”) shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than the currency in which such sum is stated to be due hereunder (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss. The obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 9.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.

[signature pages follow]

99




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION
By: /s/ Edward R. Davis III    
Name: Edward R. Davis III    
Title: Vice President & Treasurer    
TUPPERWARE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS B.V.
By: /s/ Edward R. Davis III    
Name: Edward R. Davis III
Title: Vice President & Treasurer of Tupperware Brands Corporation


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank
By: /s/ John A. Horst    
Name: John A. Horst    
Title: Credit Executive


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




Bank of the West
By: Francesco Ingargiola    
Name: Francesco Ingargiola    
Title: Senior Vice President


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




BNP Paribas
By: /s/ John Treadwell, Jr.    
Name: John Treadwell, Jr.    
Title: Vice President    
By: /s/ Nicole Mitchell    
Name: Nicole Mitchell    
Title: Vice President    


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND
INVESTMENT BANK, as Lender
By: /s/ David Cagle    
Name: David Cagle    
Title: Managing Director    
By: /s/ Blake Wright    
Name: Blake Wright    
Title: Managing Director    


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




HSBC Bank USA, NA
By: / s/ Santiago Riviere    
Name: Santiago Riviere    
Title: Vice President     


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




KeyBank National Association
By: /s/ Marianne T. Meil    
Name: Marianne T. Meil    
Title: Senior Vice President    


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.
By: /s/ David Lim    
Name: David Lim    
Title: Authorized Signatory


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
By: /s/ Tracey Rahn    
Name: Tracey Rahn    
Title: Director    


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




SunTrust Bank
By: /s/ M. Gabe Bonfield    
Name: M. Gabe Bonfield    
Title: Vice President     


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




Union Bank, N.A.
By: /s/ Justin Brauer    
Name: Justin Brauer    
Title: Vice President    



Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement




Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
By: /s/ Karen A. Harrington    
Name: Karen A. Harrington    
Title: Senior Vice President     


Signature Page to Tupperware Credit Agreement


Schedule 1.01
PRICING SCHEDULE
Applicable Rate
Level I Status
Level II Status
Level III Status
Level IV Status
Level V Status
Eurocurrency Spread
1.25%
1.50%
1.75%
2.00%
2.25%
ABR Spread
.25%
.50%
.75%
1.00%
1.25%
Commitment Fee Rate
.20%
.225%
.25%
.30%
.35%

For the purposes of this Schedule, the following terms have the following meanings, subject to the final paragraph of this Schedule:
“Financials” means the annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
“Level I Status” exists at any date if, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower referred to in the most recent Financials, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00.
“Level II Status” exists at any date if, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower referred to in the most recent Financials, (i) the Borrower has not qualified for Level I Status and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00.
“Level III Status” exists at any date if, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower referred to in the most recent Financials, (i) the Borrower has not qualified for Level I Status or Level II Status and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00.
“Level IV Status” exists at any date if, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower referred to in the most recent Financials, (i) the Borrower has not qualified for Level I Status, Level II Status or Level III Status and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00.
“Level V Status” exists at any date if the Borrower has not qualified for Level I Status, Level II Status, Level III Status or Level IV Status.
“Status” means Level I Status, Level II Status, Level III Status, Level IV Status or Level V Status.



The Applicable Rate shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing table based on the Borrower’s Status as reflected in the then most recent Financials. Adjustments, if any, to the Applicable Rate shall be effective five Business Days after the Administrative Agent has received the applicable Financials. If the Borrower fails to deliver the Financials to the Administrative Agent at the time required pursuant to this Agreement, then the Applicable Rate shall be the highest Applicable Rate set forth in the foregoing table until five days after such Financials are so delivered. Until adjusted after the Effective Date, Status shall be determined by reference to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the Effective Date (giving effect to the incurrence and repayment of Indebtedness on such date) but shall in no event be less than Level II (i.e., shall not be Level I).




Schedule 2.01
REVOLVING COMMITMENTS
Lender
Revolving Commitments
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
$54,500,000
KeyBank National Association
$54,500,000
BNP Paribas
$34,500,000
     Bank of the West
$20,000,000
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
$54,500,000
Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.
$54,500,000
HSBC Bank USA, N.A.
$42,500,000
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
$42,500,000
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
$42,500,000
Union Bank, N.A.
$25,000,000
SunTrust Bank
$25,000,000
Total
$450,000,000